Safety Integrated Catalog SI 10N (10MB)

© Siemens AG 2012
Safety Technology for
Factory Automation
Catalog News SI 10 N • 2012
Safety Integrated
Answers for industry.
© Siemens AG 2012
Related catalogs
SI 10
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for
Factory Automation
E86060-K7010-A101-A2-7600
D 11.1
E86060-K5511-A111-A6-7600
ST 70
SIMATIC
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
and Micro Automation
SINAMICS G130
Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150
Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
E86060-K5511-A101-A5-7600
E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7600
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS
IC 10
SINAMICS S120
Chassis Format
Units and Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150
Converter Cabinet Units
E86060-K5521-A131-A3-7600
ID 10
Motion Control Drives
SINAMICS and motors
for single-axis drives
E86060-K1010-A101-A2-7600
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
D 21.3
D 31
E86060-K5531-A101-A1-7600
E86060-K8310-A101-A7-7600
Motion Control
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120
and Motors for
Production Machines
SINAMICS G110/SINAMICS G120
Standard Inverters
SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Inverters
PM 21
IK PI
FI 01
KT 10.1
SITRAIN
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions
ITC
Only available in German
E86060-K6850-A101-C2
E86060-K6201-A101-B4-7600
Process Automation
Process Analytical Instruments
SITOP
Power supply
SITOP
E86060-K2410-A111-A8-7600
E86060-K6710-A101-B7-7600
Process Automation
Field Instruments for
Process Automation
PM 22
E86060-K4922-A101-A1-7600
E86060-K4921-A101-A2-7600
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
SINAMICS S110
The Basic Positioning Drive
PA 01
Products for Automation
and Drives
Interactive Catalog
(PDF only: E86060-K3501-A101-A7-7600)
DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600
SIMATIC HMI /
ST 80/ST PC
PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems
PC-based Automation
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7600
www.siemens.com/industrymall
CA 01
© Siemens AG 2012
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for
Factory Automation
Introduction
Functional safety of machines and plants
Safety Integrated
1
Detecting
RFID 3SE63 contactless safety switches
3SE6 6, 3SE6 7 magn. operated switches
3SB3 pushbuttons/indicator lights, 22 mm
8WD4 signaling columns
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
SITRANS LR560
2
Evaluating / Communication
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11
ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed IO
SIRIUS 3RK3 modular safety system
3
Reacting
ET 200S Safety motor starters
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
SINAMICS S120, Safe Brake Adapter SBA
Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK 828D
4
Appendix
B10 values
Training
Index
Ordering data summary
Conditions of sale and delivery
5
Catalog News SI 10 N · 2012
The products and systems described in this
catalog are manufactured/distributed under
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001.
The certificate is
recognized by all IQNet
countries.
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates
of this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
and see also under
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated
The products contained in this
catalog can also be found in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600
Please contact your local Siemens branch
© Siemens AG 2011
Printed on paper
from sustainably
managed forests and
controlled sources.
PEFC/ 04-31-1404
www.pefc.org
© Siemens AG 2012
2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Answers for industry.
Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the
manufacturing and the process industry as well as in
the building automation business. Our drive and automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds
of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.
In industrial as well as in functional buildings.
Siemens offers automation, drive, and
low-voltage switching technology as
well as industrial software from
standard products up to entire industry
solutions. The industry software
enables our industry customers to
optimize the entire value chain – from
product design and development
through manufacture and sales up
to after-sales service. Our electrical and
mechanical components offer
integrated technologies for the entire
drive train – from couplings to gear
units, from motors to control and drive
solutions for all engineering industries.
Our technology platform TIP offers
robust solutions for power distribution.
The high quality of our products
sets industry-wide benchmarks.
High environmental aims are part of
our eco-management, and we
implement these aims consistently.
Right from product design, possible
effects on the environment are
examined. Hence many of our products
and systems are RoHS compliant
(Restriction of Hazardous Substances).
As a matter of course, our production
sites are certified according to DIN EN
ISO 14001, but to us, environmental
protection also means most efficient
utilization of valuable resources. The
best example are our energy-efficient
drives with energy savings up to 60 %.
Check out the opportunities our
automation and drive solutions provide.
And discover how you can sustainably
enhance your competitive edge with us.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3
© Siemens AG 2012
ERP – Enterprise Resource Planning
Management Level
MES – Manufacturing Execution Systems
SIMATIC IT
Operations Level
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control (DCS)
Industrial Software for
• Product Design
• Production Planning
• Engineering
• Commissioning
• Operation
• Maintenance
• Modernization and Upgrade
• Energy Management
• Asset Management
Control Level
SINUMERIK
Computer Numerical Control
SIMOTION
Motion Control
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
SIMATIC Controllers
Modular / PC-based
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA
Process Instrumentation
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification
SIMATIC Distributed I/O
HART
Totally
Integrated
Automation
IO-Link
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
4
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
TIA is characterized by its unique continuity.
It provides maximum transparency at all levels
with reduced interfacing requirements – covering
the field level, production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA you also
profit throughout the complete life cycle of your
plant – starting with the initial planning steps
through operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment security
resulting from continuity in the further development of our products and from reducing the
number of interfaces to a minimum.
Ethernet
Ethernet
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA-System
The unique continuity is already a defined
characteristic at the development stage of
our products and systems.
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface
The result: maximum interoperability – covering
the controller, HMI, drives, up to the process
control system. This reduces the complexity of
the automation solution in your plant. You will
experience this, for example, in the engineering
phase of the automation solution in the form of
reduced time requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous diagnostics facilities of Totally Integrated Automation for
increasing the availability of your plant.
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS Drive Systems
Low-Voltage Distribution
AS-Interface
KNX GAMMA instabus
Totally
Integrated
Power
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens provides
an integrated basis for the implementation of customized
automation solutions – in all industries from inbound to
outbound.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5
© Siemens AG 2012
Much more
than a catalog.
The Industry Mall.
Selecting
Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be displayed with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.
You have a catalog in your hands that will serve
you well for selecting and ordering your products.
But have you heard of the electronic online catalog (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a
look around it sometime:
Ordering
You can load the products that you have selected in this way into the
shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own templates and you will be informed about the availability of the products
in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists directly
into Excel or Word.
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confirmation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can
easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information
So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documentation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and
technical data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image
database you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics,
dimension drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or
circuit diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!
6
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
1
© Siemens AG 2012
Introduction
1/2
Functional Safety of
Machines and Systems
1/4
Safety Integrated
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Introduction
Functional Safety of Machines and Systems
1
■ Overview
Basic safety requirements in the production industry
Goals of the standard
Functional safety
It is the goal of safety technology to keep hazards for man and
the environment as low as possible through technical equipment
and devices. And at the same time, to not restrict industrial
production more than is absolutely necessary.
Automation systems and components are responsible for safetyrelated tasks in many different applications (machines and
conveyor systems, process industry, building technology, etc.).
This means that the health and safety of persons as well as
protecting equipment and the environment depend on the
correct functioning of the relevant systems and components.
Today, the correct functioning of systems and components is
handled under the term of “Functional Safety”.
With the introduction of the uniform European Single Market,
national standards and regulations affecting the technical
realization of machines were consistently harmonized:
Definition of basic safety requirements, which address, on the
one hand, machine manufacturers in terms of the free movement
of goods (Article 95) and, on the other hand, machine operators
in terms of industrial safety (Article 137).
The EU Directives:
• specify requirements for plants/systems and their operating
companies to ensure the health and safety of personnel and
the quality of the environment;
• include regulations regarding health and safety at the
workplace (minimum-requirements);
• define product requirements (e.g. for machines) to ensure the
health and safety of the user;
• differentiate requirements on the implementation of products
to ensure the free exchange of goods and requirements on the
use of products.
Conformity with the directives
To sell, market or operate products, these products must fulfill
the basic safety requirements of the EU Directives.
To ensure compliance with a directive, it is recommended to
apply the harmonized European standards, which then confers
the so-called “presumption of conformity” and provides both
manufacturers and operators with legal certainty concerning
compliance with national regulations such as the EC directive.
With the CE marking, the manufacturer of a machine documents
the compliance with all applicable directives and regulations in
the free movement of goods. As the European directives are
globally approved, the CE marking is also useful for exports to
EEA countries.
The safety concept in the EC encompasses product requirements
and social aspects
Safety requirements
Article 95 EC treaty
(free movement of goods)
e g. machines
Low-voltage
directive
(2006/95/CE)
Machinery
directive
(2006/42/EC)
Harmonized European Standards
Manufacturer
1/2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Article 137 EC treaty
(industrial safety)
„Industrial safety“-framework directive
(89/391/EEC)
Separate directive
„Use of operating
equipment“
(86/655/EEC)
National Laws
Operators of machines and plants
© Siemens AG 2012
Introduction
Functional Safety of Machines and Systems
1
■ Overview (continued)
The IEC 62061 standard
Our offer
The IEC 62061 standard ”safety of machines – functional safety
of electrical, electronic and programmable controls of
machines“ defines comprehensive requirements. It includes
recommendations for the development, integration and
validation of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems (SRECS) for machines. With
the implementation of IEC 62061, for the first time, one standard
covers the entire safety chain, from the sensor to the actuator. To
attain a safety integrity level such as, for example, SIL 3, a certification of the individual components is no longer sufficient.
Instead, the entire safety function must meet the defined requirements.
As a partner for all safety-related concerns, we do not only
support you by offering adequate safety-related products and
systems. We also provide you with the most current know-how
on international standards and regulations. We offer comprehensive training and services for machine manufacturers and
system operators throughout the entire lifecycle of safety-related
systems and machines.
• Consistent, certified product spectrum
• Courses on standards and regulations:
www.siemens.com/sitrain-safetyintegrated
(Refer to the appendix for a summary of courses on Safety
Integrated)
• Brochure „Functional Safety of Machines and Systems“ with
step-by-step instructions , available under:
www.siemens.com/safety-infomaterial
• Reference book for functional security
• Consulting and support provided by Siemens contact
partners for verification and validation
• Siemens Solution Partner for Safety Integrated
• World-wide service and support
http://support.automation.siemens.com
Requirements placed upon the capacity of non-electrical – e.g.
hydraulic, pneumatic or electromechanical – safety-related
control elements for machines are not specified by the standard.
For more information please visit
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated
Safety Evaluation Tool
The Safety Evaluation Tool for the IEC 62061 and ISO 13849-1
standards takes you to your goal directly. This TÜV-tested online
tool from the Safety Integrated program by Siemens supports
the fast and reliable assessment of your machine’s safety
functions.
As a result, you are provided with a standard-compliant report,
which can be integrated in the documentation as proof of safety.
The Safety Evaluation Tool is available for free use:
www.siemens.com/safety-evaluation-tool
The ISO 13849-1 standard
The ISO 13849-1 standard ”safety of machines – safety-related
components of controls, part 1 general principles“ is based on
the known categories of EN 954-1, issue 1996. It covers the
entire safety function with all devices involved.
ISO 13849-1 not only includes the quality approach of the
EN 954-1, but also discusses safety functions in terms of
quantity. Based on the categories, performance levels (PL) are
used. The standard describes the determination of the PL for
safety-related control components on the basis of designated
architectures for the scheduled service life. In case of deviations, ISO 13849-1 refers to the IEC 61508. For the combination
of several safety-related components into a total system, the
standard contains information on the determination of the
resulting PL.
The standard is applicable to safety-related control components
(SRP/CS) and all types of machines, irrespective of the
technology and energy used (electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic,
mechanical, etc.).
Our effort towards global harmonization of standards
To facilitate an even easier and faster realization of future
machine concepts and to promote the free exchange of goods
on global markets, we have consistently been working on the
standardization of safety-related standards for many years. This
commitment has contributed to the international acceptance of
European directives and the harmonization of international
safety standards, which facilitate a more efficient realization of
safety tasks by machine manufacturers and system operators.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
1/3
© Siemens AG 2012
Introduction
Safety Integrated
1
■ Overview
Integrated safety - increased productivity
Safety Integrated is the consistent implementation of safety
technology in accordance with Totally Integrated Automation.
On the one hand, this refers to the direct integration of safetyrelated functions in our standard products and, on the other
hand, to the consistent and comfortable integration of safety
concepts in the standard automation. This offers various advantages both for machine manufacturers and system operators,
particularly in terms of efficiency.
Safety Integrated allows machine manufacturers to benefit from
the decisive competitive advantage of eased engineering. This
allows for a considerably faster realization of machines and
systems and facilitates their easy adjustability to new requirements.
This concept also bears advantages for system operators as it
does not only support the faster provision of safe machines and
systems, but also enhances their productivity. Due to improved
diagnostics, a harmonized overall system of safety technology
and standard automation reduces downtimes and thus
increases the system availability.
As opposed to conventional safety technology, Safety Integrated
also facilitates conversion and modernization. On the basis of
flexible and modularly expandable concepts, existing machines
and systems can be upgraded to state-of-the-art technology.
This advantage pays off throughout the entire lifecycle.
Integrated safety from a single source
Safety Integrated is a unique, complete and consistent safety
program. It covers all areas of safety technology, and includes
detecting, evaluating, reacting, ranging from sensors and
controls to drives.
Our products match the existing safety standards established in
industry, including ISO, IEC, TÜV, NFPA, and UL. This catalog
contains our comprehensive product range, helpful links to
documentation and services associated with Safety.
The Internet provides up-to-date information on Safety
Integrated:
www.siemens.com/safety-integrated.
Fail-safe communication
For fail-safe communication, Safety Integrated uses both the
tried-and-tested field bus systems AS-Interface and PROFIBUS
as well as the innovative Industrial Ethernet standard PROFINET,
which allows for new approaches to safe and efficient machines
and systems – such as wireless fail-safe communication over
IWLAN.
1/4
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Reduced expenditures and increased efficiency with Safety
Integrated
The integration of safety technology into standard automation offers
the following sustainable advantages:
Increased efficiency
• A single system for standard and safety automation minimizes
variety of types
• One bus and one engineering system for standard and safety
technology reduce costs
• Software solutions allow for an eased reproduction of series
machines
Increased productivity
• Fast troubleshooting and extensive diagnostic functions reduce
downtimes
• Fast restart after required system modifications
• Our additionally offered safe and fault-tolerant systems allow for
production without downtimes
Standardization
• Standard and safety technology come with a standardized interface
• Libraries improve re-usability
• Integration reduces the variety of control cabinets for machines
• Bus systems ease the installation technology in systems
SI10_News_2012_en_Kap01.book Seite 5 Freitag, 27. Januar 2012 1:45 13
© Siemens AG 2012
Introduction
Safety Integrated
1
■ Overview (continued)
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
1/5
© Siemens AG 2012
Introduction
Safety Integrated
1
1/6
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2
© Siemens AG 2012
Detecting
2/2
Detecting devices
2/2
2/2
RFID
3SE63 non-contact RFID safety switches
2/6
2/6
Magnet
3SE6 6, 3SE6 7 non-contact
magnetically operated switches
2/8
Commanding and signaling devices
2/8
3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator
Lights, 22 mm
Complete units
2/8
2/10
2/10
2/11
8WD4 Signaling Columns
8WD42 signaling columns,
50 mm diameter
8WD44 signaling columns,
70 mm diameter
2/13
HMI devices
2/13
2/13
Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
2/17
2/17
Mobile Panels
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
2/20
Process analytical instruments
2/20
SITRANS L level instruments continous fill level measurement
SITRANS LR560
2/20
Delivery time classes (DT)
}
Preferred type
A
2 work days
B
1 week
C
3 weeks
D
6 weeks
X
on request
Preferred types are available immediately from
stock, i.e. are dispatched
within 24 hours.
In exceptional cases the
actual delivery time may
differ from that specified
The transport times
depend on the destination and type of shipping. The standard
transport time for Germany is 1 day.
The delivery times shown
represent the state of
10/2011.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches
RFID
3SE63 non-contact RFID safety switches
■ Overview
Note:
Keep metal parts and cuttings away from the vicinity of the
switch
Minimum distance between two switches 100 mm
Coding
Family coded
These safety switches are delivered ready to use, i.e. no programming is necessary.
2
Individually coded, programmable once
The assignment of safety switch and actuator thus created is irreversible.
The actuator is programmed simply by routine during startup,
thus permanently preventing any form of tampering by means of
a replacement actuator.
Non-contact RFID safety switches
with maximum tamper resistance
3SE63 RFID contactless safety switches meet the highest safety
requirements, SIL3 or Cat. 4, for monitoring the positions of movable protective devices.
An RFID safety switch consists of a coded RFID switch with an
8-pole M12 connector plug and an identical RFID actuator.
The switch is available in several versions:
• Family coded with M12 plug or with additional 18 N magnetic
catch as an option
• Individually coded, programmable once, with M12 plug or
with additional 18 N magnetic catch as an option
• Individually coded, programmable more than once (an unlimited number of times), with M12 plug or variant with additional
18 N magnetic catch
The actuator is therefore available in two versions:
• Standard
• With 18 N magnetic catch
The magnetic catch keeps doors and hinge switches closed
with permanent magnets.
Optional accessories
• Covers for sealing mounting holes, also suitable for tamperproofing screw fixings
• Spacers (approx. 3 mm high) to facilitate cleaning under the
installation surface when using pressure washers, for example
Mounting and maintenance
Reduction in the number of versions, because
• switches can be mounted on right or left sides
• the actuator can be mounted on all sides
Quick and easy mounting by thanks to universal mounting holes
• Standard gauge/holes for 3SE6 magnetically operated switch
• Fine adjustment thanks to slotted holes
Little adjustment or maintenance required
• Threshold indication by LED on the switch for quick and easy
adjustment during installation and maintenance
• Molded switch allows it to be used as an end stop for small
and medium-sized doors
2/2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Individually coded, programmable several times
The procedure for programming a new actuator can be repeated
an unlimited number of times. When a new actuator is programmed the previous code becomes invalid. A protected coding process allows new actuators to be programmed for service
purposes.
After this, a ten-minute lockout provides enhanced tamper protection. The green LED flashes until the lockout time has ended
and the new actuator has been detected. If the operational voltage is interrupted during this time, the ten-minute guard time is
restarted.
Programming procedure for individual coding
1. Apply operational voltage to safety sensor
2. Move actuator into detecting range:
red LED lights up, yellow LED flashes (1 Hz)
3. After 10 s it changes to a shorter flashing frequency (3 Hz). In
this state switch off operational voltage.
4. After the next time the operational voltage is switched on, the
actuator is detected again to activate the programmed actuator
code. The activated code is thus stored permanently.
Diagnostics
The RFID safety switch indicates its operating state including
faults by means of the LED indicator in the switch and the shortcircuit resistant diagnostic output. The signals can then be used
for central displays or non-safety-related control tasks.
There are two diagnostics functions:
• Crossover monitoring
• Open-circuit monitoring
• External voltage monitoring
• Ambient temperature too high
• Wrong or defective actuator
• Switching interval threshold identification with LED indication
The signal combination "diagnostics output switched off" and
"safety outputs still switched on" can be used to move the machine into a controlled stop position.
Any crossover or a fault that is not currently compromising the
safe operation of a safety switch results in the disconnection of
the safety channels after a 30 minute delay. However, the diagnostics output switches off instantaneously.
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches
RFID
3SE63 non-contact RFID safety switches
Mode of operation of the diagnostics LEDs
The safety switch indicates not only its operating state, but also
faults by means of LEDs in three colors at the ends of the RFID
switch.
• The green LED indicates readiness for operation when the
control supply voltage is connected.
• The yellow LED indicates that there is an actuator in detecting
range. If the actuator is in the switching interval threshold, this
is indicated by flashing. This flashing can be used to identify
a change in the distance between sensor and actuator at an
early stage (e.g. as a result of the sagging of a protective
door). The installation should be tested before the distance increases further, the safety outputs switch off and the machine
stops.
• The red LED indicates the individual causes of the fault by
means of defined flashing frequencies.
■ Benefits
• Maximum tamper resistance by means of individual coding of
switches and actuators at the highest safety level
• Plastic enclosure with integrated connector
• 2 electronic short-circuit proof safety outputs, each 250 mA
• Integrated crossover, open circuit and external voltage monitoring, with series circuit as far as the control cabinet
• Safety and diagnostics signals can be connected in series
• Series connection of safety circuits in Cat. 4 / PL e / SIL 3
• LED status indication including switching interval threshold indication for quick and easy adjustment during installation and
maintenance
• short-circuit proof conventional diagnostics output
• Optional version with magnetic catch for interlocking hatches
or small doors even when de-energized
• Highly rugged thanks to the use of tested enclosure materials,
resistant to aggressive cleaning products, with a degree of
protection of up to IP69K
• Fine adjustment thanks to slotted holes
• Little adjustment or maintenance required
• Molded switch allows it to be used as an end stop for small
and medium-sized doors
■ Application
RFID contactless safety switches are designed for use in safety
circuits, and are used to monitor the positions of movable protective devices. They monitor the positions of rotating, laterally
sliding or removable protective devices using the coded electronic actuator.
Their high degree of protection (IP69K) and the use of cleaning
product-resistant materials means that these switches are optimized for use under extreme environmental conditions.
Their electronic operating principle makes these switches ideal
for metalworking machinery.
The switches have a larger switching interval and switching displacement than mechanical switches, improve the mounting tolerance of the protective door, and offer a wide range of diagnostics options.
The RFID switches can be connected to all standard evaluation
units, e. g. a PLC, 3TK28 safety evaluation units (in which the
built-in crossover monitoring function can be deactivated), or the
3RK3 modular safety system.
The following safety categories can be achieved in safety circuits:
• Category 4 according to EN ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1)
• PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1
• SIL 3 according to IEC 61508
■ Technical specifications
Type
3SE6 3
General data
Type
3SE6 3
Inputs/outputs
IEC 60947-5-3,
IEC 61508,
EN ISO 13849-1
Standards
Fiber-glass
strengthened thermoplast, self-extinguishing
Enclosure material
IP69K
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Safety inputs X1/X2
• Input voltage
V DC 24 −15/+10 %
• Power consumption per input
mA
5
p operation
Safety outputs OSSD1/OSSD2
• Max. rated operational current Ie
A
0.25
• Rated operational current Ie/DC-12/DC-13
at Ue
A
0.25
• Voltage drop Ue
V
<1
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +70
• Switching frequency
Hz
1
• During storage, transport
°C
-25 ... +85
• Response time, max.
ms
100
Shock resistance
30 g/11 ms
• Risk time, max.
ms
200
Vibration resistance
10 ... 55 Hz
amplitude 1 mm
• Recovery, max.
s
5
Electrical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
Pollution degree acc. to IEC 60664-1
p operation
Diagnostics ouput
• Max. rated operational current Ie2 max
A
0.05
3
• Rated operational current Ie/DC-12/DC-13
at Ue
A
0.05
32
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
V
800
• Voltage drop Ue
V
<2
Rated conditional short-circuit current
A
100
• Operational current
mA
150
Rated operational voltage Ue
(PELV acc. to IEC 60204-1)
V DC 24 −15/+10 %
• Conductor capacity, max.
nF
50
II
Protection class
III
Overvoltage category
Rated operational current Ie
A
0.6
Smallest operational current Im
mA
0.5
No-load supply current i0
mA
35
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/3
2
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches
RFID
3SE63 non-contact RFID safety switches
Directions of approach and switching interval
Connector assignment
The side area permits a maximum height offset of the switch and
actuator of ±8 mm (e.g. mounting tolerance or due to sagging of
the protective door). The transverse offset also equals max. ±8
mm.
max. 18 mm
S ar
2
6
3
7
2
max. 8 mm
S ao
5
4
8
1
IC10_00090
Pin 1: A1 rated operational voltage 24 V DC
Pin 2: X1 safety input 24 V DC
Pin 3: A2 grounding
Pin 4: OSSD1 safety output
Pin 5: OUT conventional diagnostics output
Pin 6: X2 safety input 24 V DC
Pin 7: OSSD2 safety output
Pin 8: Not used
Dimensional drawings
IC01_00086
A
RFID switches
3SE6 315
22
9
6,2
4,5
S ao < 10 mm
OSSD1 /
OSSD2
IC01_00088
1
2
S ar > 16 mm
S OFF
78
74
S n = 12 mm
A-A
Sn
2 mm
0
S ON
S OFF
S
18,5
Switching interval: output signal with hysteresis
M 12 x 1
A
25
A-A
6,2
91
78
IC01_00087
A
RFID actuator
3SE6 310
4,5
x > S ar > 16 mm
9
U (OSSD1/
OSSD2)
24 V
A
25
0
< 200 ms
Switching interval: Output signal
2/4
IC01_00089
X
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
t
22
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches
RFID
3SE63 non-contact RFID safety switches
■ Selection and ordering data
With M12 connector, 8-pole
Version/coding
Latching / length
DT Order No.
Rectangular safety switches 91 mm x 25 mm
RFID safety switches
• Family coded
None
A
3SE6 315-0BB01
With 18 N magnetic catch
A
3SE6 315-1BB01
• Individually coded,
programmable several times
None
A
3SE6 315-0BB02
With 18 N magnetic catch
A
3SE6 315-1BB02
• Individually coded,
programmable once
None
A
3SE6 315-0BB03
With 18 N magnetic catch
A
3SE6 315-1BB03
None
A
3SE6 310-0BC01
With 18 N magnetic catch
A
3SE6 310-1BC01
A
3SX5 600-1G
2
3SE6 315
RFID actuators
• Standard
3SE6 310
Optional accessories
Covers and spacers
One pack (1 unit) contains 8
covers and 4 spacers
3SX5 600-1G
Connecting cables, 8-pole,
with 1 straight M12 socket
Length 3 m
A
3SX5 601-2GA03
Length 5 m
A
3SX5 601-2GA05
Rated voltage 30 V
Rated current 2 A
Length 10 m
A
3SX5 601-2GA10
3SX5 601-2GA
For monitoring units see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 2, "Industrial Communication" ➞ "AS-Interface" and
Chapter 11, "Safety Technology"
as well as Catalogs IK PI and ST 70.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/5
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches
Magnet
3SE6 6, 3SE6 7
non-contact magnetically operated switches
5
5,5
6
■ Overview
4
0
2
6
5,5
2
5
4
0_0
2
3
4
3
NSC
1
5
063
7a
Switching magnets and contact blocks
Enabling range (example)
A magnetically operated switch is comprised of a coded switching magnet and a contact block (sensor unit). Evaluation requires a safety relay or connection to a bus system.
The device has six current-sourcing semiconductor outputs
(Y1 ... Y6) which signal the state of the connected protective
devices.
3SE6 806 safety relays
The 3SE6 806 safety relay has two floating enabling circuits (safe
circuits) as NO contact circuits and one floating signaling circuit
as a NC circuit. The number of enabling circuits can be increased by adding one or more 3TK28 30 expansion modules.
Up to six protective devices (sensors) can be connected to the
safety relay.
■ Application
SIRIUS 3SE6 magnetically operated switches are designed for
mounting on movable protective guards (hoods, hinge switches,
doors, etc.). Evaluation can be performed by means of a safety
relay or through connection to a bus system.
The 3SE6 6 non-contact, magnetically operated safety switches
stand out due to their enclosed design with degree of protection
IP67. They are particularly suitable therefore for areas exposed
to contamination, cleaning or disinfecting.
A magnetic monitoring system comprises one or more magnetically operated switches and an evaluation unit, e.g. a safety relay. When contact blocks 1 NO + 1 NC are used the 3SE6 806
safety relay provides a high degree of protection against manipulation and can be installed in safety circuits up to Category 3
according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1).
Combination of monitoring units and magnetically operated switches
Monitoring units
Magnetically operated switches (contact block + switching magnet)
Achievable category
(EN 954-1)/
Performance level
3SE6 605-1BA 3SE6 605-2BA 3SE6 605-3BA 3SE6 604-2BA 3SE6 606-3BA (EN ISO 13849-1)
3SE6 704-1BA 3SE6 704-2BA 3SE6 704-3BA 3SE6 704-2BA 3SE6 704-3BA
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC
1 NO + 2 NC
Relay outputs
SIRIUS safety relays,
6-fold
3SE6 806-2CD00
✓
✓
✓
--
✓
Cat. 3
SIRIUS safety relays
3TK28 20
3TK28 26
-✓
-✓
-✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 4/e
Cat. 4/e
SIRIUS safety relays
3TK28 40
-3TK28 41, 3TK28 42, 3TK28 45 --
---
---
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 3/d
Cat. 4/e
SIRIUS safety relays
with contactor relay
3TK28 50, 3TK28 51, 3TK28 52 -3TK28 53
--
---
---
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 3/d
Cat. 4/e
ASIsafe compact
safety modules
3RK1 205, 3RK1 405
--
--
--
✓
✓
Cat. 4
SIMATIC S7-31xF-2 DP SM 326 F, 24 DI, 24 V DC,
or
SM 326 F, 8 DI, NAMUR
SIMATIC ET 200M
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 4
SIMATIC ET 200S
PROFIsafe
4/8 F-DI / 3 F-DO, 24 V DC
4/8 F DI, 24 V DC
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 3
Cat. 4
SIMATIC ET 200eco
4/8 F DI, 24 V DC
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 4
SIMATIC ET 200pro
8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC,
✓
4/8 F-DI / 4 F-DO 2 A, 24 V DC,
F-Switch
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 4
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cat. 4/e
Solid-state outputs
Modular Safety System 3RK3
✓ Suitable magnetically operated switch
2/6
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety Switches
Magnet
3SE6 6, 3SE6 7
non-contact magnetically operated switches
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Size
Contacts
DT Order No.
mm
Round sensor units
M30
A
3SE6 704-1BA
• With cable, 3 m
M30
1 NO + 1 NC A
3SE6 605-1BA
• With M12 plug, 4-pole
M30
1 NO + 1 NC C
3SE6 605-1BA02
Switching magnets (coded)
Contact blocks
2
Rectangular sensor units
Switching magnets (coded)
25 × 88
A
3SE6 704-2BA
1 NO + 1 NC A
3SE6 605-2BA
2 NC
3SE6 604-2BA
Contact blocks
• With cable, 3 m
• With M8 plug, 4-pole
25 × 88
25 × 88
A
1 NO + 1 NC C
3SE6 605-2BA01
2 NC
C
3SE6 604-2BA01
A
3SE6 704-3BA
Switching magnets (coded)
Contact blocks
• With cable, 3 m
25 × 33
1 NO + 1 NC A
3SE6 605-3BA
• With cable, 1 m
25 × 33
1 NO + 2 NC B
3SE6 606-3BA
Spacers
25 × 88
D
3SX3 260
Spacers
25 × 33
D
3SX3 261
Version
Number of
sensors
Enabling/
signaling
circuits
DT Order No.
Safety relays
with relay output, 6-fold
6
2 NO / 1 NC
B
Accessories
Monitoring units
3SE6 806-2CD00
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
For more monitoring units see Catalog IC 10, Chapters 2, 8, 9
and 11 as well as Catalog IK PI.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/7
© Siemens AG 2012
3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round, 22 mm
Complete units
■ Selection and ordering data
The following applies to all complete units:
PE (ST)
PKG*
PG
=1
= 1 ST
= 41J
Color of handle
2
Contacts for front
plate mounting
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type terminals
Configurator
Configurator
Order No.
Order No.
EMERGENCY-STOP devices according to ISO 13850,
with yellow name plate, Ø 80 mm, with inscription
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons,
Ø 40 mm, with positive latching function,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
• German inscription
"NOT-HALT"
Red
Red
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
1 NC
q
}
3SB32 03-1HA20
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB32 66-1HA20
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1HA20
1 NC
q
B
3SB32 03-1HR20
--
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB32 66-1HR20
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1HR20
--
B
3SB32 03-1HA20-0CC0
--
B
3SB32 01-1HA20-0CC0
• English inscription
"EMERGENCY STOP"
Red
Red
• French inscription
"ARRET D’URGENCE"
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB32 03-1HP20
--
Red
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1HP20
--
With rotate-to-unlatch mechanism and mechanical
switch position indication
• German inscription
"NOT-HALT"
Red
Red
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism and switch
position indication
1 NC
q
}
3SB32 03-1HA26
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB32 66-1HA26
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1HA26
1 NC
q
B
3SB32 03-1HR26
--
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB32 66-1HR26
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1HR26
--
B
3SB32 03-1HA26-0CC0
--
B
3SB32 01-1HA26-0CC0
• English inscription
"EMERGENCY STOP"
Red
Red
With pull-to-unlatch mechanism
• German inscription
"NOT-HALT"
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB32 03-1TA20
--
Red
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1TA20
--
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB32 03-1TR20
--
Red
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB32 01-1TR20
--
• English inscription
"EMERGENCY STOP"
With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Can be used with 3TK28 safety relays.
Certificate:
2/8
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
3SB3 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round, 22 mm
Complete units
PE (ST)
PKG*
PG
=1
= 1 ST
= 41J
Color of handle
Contacts for front
plate mounting
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type terminals
Configurator
Configurator
Order No.
Order No.
EMERGENCY-STOP devices according to ISO 13850,
with yellow name plate, Ø 80 mm, with inscription
2
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons,
Ø 40 mm,
with positive latching function,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
• German inscription "NOT-HALT"
Red
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
with rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
1 NC
q
}
3SB36 03-1HA20
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB36 66-1HA20
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1HA20
B
3SB36 01-1HA20-0CC0
1 NC, 1 NC
q
--
B
3SB36 11-1HA20-0CC0
B
3SB36 03-1HA20-0CC0
--
• English inscription "EMERGENCY STOP"
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB36 03-1HR20
--
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB36 66-1HR20
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1HR20
--
• French inscription "ARRET D’URGENCE"
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB36 03-1HP20
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1HP20
--
With rotate-to-unlatch mechanism and mechanical switch position indication
• German inscription "NOT-HALT"
Red
1 NC
q
}
3SB36 03-1HA26
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB36 66-1HA26
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1HA26
B
3SB36 03-1HA26-0CC0
--
B
3SB36 01-1HA26-0CC0
• English inscription "EMERGENCY STOP"
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
with rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism and switch
position indication
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB36 03-1HR26
--
1 NC with mounting
monitoring
q
X
3SB36 66-1HR26
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1HR26
--
With pull-to-unlatch mechanism, solvent-resistant
• German inscription "NOT-HALT"
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB36 03-1TA20
B
3SB36 03-1TA20-0CC0
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1TA20
B
3SB36 01-1TA20-0CC0
1 NC, 1 NC
q
--
B
3SB36 11-1TA20-0CC0
• English inscription "EMERGENCY STOP"
Red
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
Pull-to-unlatch mechanism
1 NC
q
B
3SB36 03-1TR20
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1TR20
--
• French inscription "ARRET D’URGENCE"
Red
1 NC
q
B
3SB36 03-1TP20
--
1 NO + 1 NC
q
B
3SB36 01-1TP20
--
For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Can be used with 3TK28 safety relays.
Certificate:
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/9
© Siemens AG 2012
8WD4 Signaling Columns
8WD42 signaling columns, 50 mm diameter
■ Overview
Features:
• Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 50 mm
• Degree of protection IP54
• Up to 4 elements can be mounted
Accesories see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 13.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rated voltage
Color
DT Order No.
V
2
Acoustic elements1)
Buzzer elements 80 dB,
24 AC/DC
pulsating or continuous tone, adjust- 115 AC
able by means of a wire jumper
230 AC
Black
A 8WD42 20-0FA
A 8WD42 40-0FA
A 8WD42 50-0FA
Light elements for incandescent lamps/LEDs, BA 15d bases2)
Continuous light elements
24 ... 230 AC/DC
Red
A 8WD42 00-1AB
Green
A 8WD42 00-1AC
Yellow
A 8WD42 00-1AD
Clear
A 8WD42 00-1AE
Blue
A 8WD42 00-1AF
Light elements with integrated LED
Continuous light elements
Blinklight elements
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
115 AC
230 AC
Red
A 8WD42 20-5AB
Green
A 8WD42 20-5AC
Yellow
A 8WD42 20-5AD
Clear
X
8WD42 20-5AE
Blue
X
8WD42 20-5AF
Red
A 8WD42 20-5BB
Green
A 8WD42 20-5BC
Yellow
A 8WD42 20-5BD
Clear
A 8WD42 20-5BE
Blue
A 8WD42 20-5BF
Red
A 8WD42 40-5BB
Green
A 8WD42 40-5BC
Yellow
A 8WD42 40-5BD
Clear
D 8WD42 40-5BE
Blue
D 8WD42 40-5BF
Red
A 8WD42 50-5BB
Green
A 8WD42 50-5BC
Yellow
A 8WD42 50-5BD
Clear
A 8WD42 50-5BE
Blue
A 8WD42 50-5BF
Black
A 8WD42 28-0BB
Black
A 8WD42 08-0AA
Adapter elements for AS-Interface
AS-Interface adapter elements
with external auxiliary voltage
For 4 signaling elements 24 V DC
Connection elements3)
Connection elements with cover
For mounting on pipes, floors and angles
1)
One acoustic element can be mounted per signaling column. The cover is
included in the scope of supply of the acoustic elements and fixed in
place.
2)
The lamp is not included in the scope of supply. Please order separately.
3)
The connection element with cover is an essential part for assembling the
signaling columns.
2/10
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Note:
For mounting and configuring aid see the publication "Versatile,
robust, communication-capable: SIRIUS signaling columns and
integrated signal lamps", Order No. E20001-A670-P305.
© Siemens AG 2012
8WD4 Signaling Columns
8WD44 signaling columns, 70 mm diameter
■ Overview
Features:
• Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
• Advanced design and significantly improved illumination
• Fast and flexible connection using spring-type terminals
• Integrated degree of protection IP65
• Up to 5 elements can be mounted
Accessories see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 13.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rated voltage
Color
DT Order No.
2
V
Light elements with integrated LED
Continuous light elements
24 AC/DC
115 AC
230 AC
Blinklight elements
24 AC/DC
115 AC
230 AC
Rotating light elements
24 AC/DC
Red
A 8WD44 20-5AB
Green
A 8WD44 20-5AC
Yellow
A 8WD44 20-5AD
Clear
A 8WD44 20-5AE
Blue
A 8WD44 20-5AF
Red
A 8WD44 40-5AB
Green
A 8WD44 40-5AC
Yellow
A 8WD44 40-5AD
Clear
A 8WD44 40-5AE
Blue
A 8WD44 40-5AF
Red
A 8WD44 50-5AB
Green
A 8WD44 50-5AC
Yellow
A 8WD44 50-5AD
Clear
A 8WD44 50-5AE
Blue
A 8WD44 50-5AF
Red
A 8WD44 20-5BB
Green
A 8WD44 20-5BC
Yellow
A 8WD44 20-5BD
Clear
X
Blue
A 8WD44 20-5BF
8WD44 20-5BE
Red
A 8WD44 40-5BB
Green
A 8WD44 40-5BC
Yellow
A 8WD44 40-5BD
Clear
A 8WD44 40-5BE
Blue
A 8WD44 40-5BF
Red
A 8WD44 50-5BB
Green
A 8WD44 50-5BC
Yellow
A 8WD44 50-5BD
Clear
A 8WD44 50-5BE
Blue
A 8WD44 50-5BF
Red
A 8WD44 20-5DB
Green
A 8WD44 20-5DC
Yellow
A 8WD44 20-5DD
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/11
© Siemens AG 2012
8WD4 Signaling Columns
8WD44 signaling columns, 70 mm diameter
Version
Rated voltage
Color
DT Order No.
V
Adapter elements for AS-Interface
AS-Interface adapter elements
With/without external auxiliary
voltage, switchable
2
• A/B technology
For 3 signaling
elements 24 V DC
Black
A 8WD44 28-0BD
• Standard AS-i
For 4 signaling
elements 24 V DC
Black
A 8WD44 28-0BE
Connection elements1)
Connection elements with cover
Black
Screw terminals
• For mounting on pipes
A 8WD44 08-0AA
• For mounting on brackets and floors
A 8WD44 08-0AB
Spring-type terminals
• For mounting on pipes
1)
A 8WD44 08-0AE
Cover (replacement)
A 8WD44 08-0XA
The connection element with cover is an essential part for assembling the
signaling columns.
2/12
A 8WD44 08-0AD
• For mounting on brackets and floors
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
■ Overview
SIMATIC HMI Key Panels
• Integrated 2-port Ethernet switch for the setup of linear and
ring topologies
• Freely configurable digital I/Os for connecting further operator
controls (key switches, indicator lights, etc.) on the rear
• Problem-free installation or replacement thanks to plastic
tensioners
• Communication via PROFINET
• For the connection of emergency stop buttons or for recording
other fail-safe signals, rear fail-safe outputs (KP8F and KP32F)
are available
• Over 60% less overhead for wiring and installation and
savings of more than 30% in material costs compared to
conventional key panels
• Connection to any type of controller via a bus cable
(PROFINET) instead of complex wiring
• Optimal operator control thanks to large mechanical keys with
tactile feedback
• Optimally suited for installation in the expansion units of allround IP65-protected HMI devices (KP8 and KP8F only)
• Following connection to the controller, all buttons and LEDs
are ready for immediate use
• Can be parameterized in the most restricted space to offer
maximum flexibility at an extremely reasonable price
■ Benefits
Machine operation is rarely possible without hard-wired operator
controls such as emergency stop units, pushbuttons, switches,
indicator lights, or key-operated switches. These controls must
be planned, ordered, installed, labeled and maintained. The
modern Key Panels combine a host of necessary basic
functions at optimal cost.
The configuration and installation costs are reduced to the
necessary minimum while flexibility increases! It is not
necessary to engrave plates for labeling purposes. A simple
standard printer is sufficient for labeling keys with texts or
symbols. Since the power supply is looped through direct to the
Key Panel, no separate terminals are required for this. An
integrated diagnostics function indicates faults and thus significantly reduces servicing times.
The new SIMATIC HMI Key Panels facilitate the integration of
keys and indicator lights considerably. The operator controls no
longer have to be individually wired. Instead, control and queries
are performed via a PROFINET cable. Up to five colors are
available per key for clear and intuitive operator control. Other
controls such as key-operated switches, knob-operated
switches, acoustic signaling devices, and emergency-stop
pushbuttons1) can, of course, also be connected to the Key
Panel.
The use of SIMATIC HMI Key Panels has the following advantages:
• Lower planning and installation overheads than with discrete
components (only one installation cutout)
• Savings in hardware costs: No distributed I/O, no external
switches, fewer terminals, and therefore reduced space
requirements
• SIL safety can be connected directly1)
• Planning freedom with minimum space requirements
• Easily inscribed using standard printer in IP65
• High flexibility (for example, due to freely configurable colors
and switch/button functions)
• Intuitive design of operator controls possible because the key
color can be adapted dynamically to the process
• Easy to expand thanks to integrated inputs and outputs
• Dummy fronts can be installed as placeholders for later plant
expansions using the SIMATIC HMI KP8 PN or KP8F PN Key
Panels
• Functions and design are optimally coordinated with the
SIMATIC HMI range
Not only can the SIMATIC HMI KP8 PN and KP8F PN Key Panels
be used in stand-alone mode, but they are also optimally
equipped for the SIMATIC HMI PRO devices.
Extension units are available for integrating operator controls
into PRO devices. They are mounted on the side of the PRO
device. Each extension unit of the SIMATIC HMI PRO devices
can accommodate up to two SIMATIC HMI KP8 PN or KP8F PN.
1)
Safety versions
■ Application
Safety over PROFINET
With the SIMATIC HMI KP8F PN and SIMATIC HMI KP32F PN,
key panels are available for use in safety-related applications.
The devices offer additional safety-related inputs and achieve
safety standard SIL 2 if used with one channel and SIL 3 if used
with two channels. Depending on the safety level, up to two
(KP8F) or four (KP32F) emergency stop switches can be
connected. Due to the support of PROFINET Shared Device, it is
also possible to communicate with two controllers simultaneously.
Empty front
The dummy front (to be ordered separately) has the same look
& feel as the SIMATIC HMI Key Panels, and it can be installed
seamlessly and modularly into a KP8 or KP8F. The design
dummy front is a purely mechanical component without
electronics. It is designed for accommodating customer-specific
control elements such as long-stroke keys, emergency stops,
key-operated switches etc. The dummy front is preperforated on
the rear such that a max. of 4 holes for 22.5 mm standard
operator controls can be punched out without cutting tools.
Using the Key Panels in PRO devices
SIMATIC HMI KP8 PN and KP8F PN as well as the design
dummy front are the ideal supplement to the all-round IP65protected PRO devices of SIMATIC HMI because they can be
installed easily into the associated extension boxes thanks to
precise dimensions.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/13
2
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
■ Design
SIMATIC HMI Key Panels
The SIMATIC HMI Key Panels offered by Siemens feature large,
easy-to-operate keys. The devices are supplied pre-assembled
and ready for installation and thus no time-consuming individual
mounting and wiring is required as for conventional operator
panels.
2
Typical fields of application for key operator panels are applications that require the deterministic transmission of operator
commands. Each key offers tactile feedback for optimal user
friendliness. Each key can also be freely configured. In addition,
the intensity and color of the LED backlighting of all keys can be
adapted. The configurability of the colors (default: white, green,
red, yellow, blue) increases the user-friendliness and the
brightness improves readability under difficult lighting conditions such as extremely bright or dark environments. All keys can
be individually and intuitively labeled and adapted to the application by means of slide-in labels. The connection to the control
is implemented via PROFINET. An integrated 2-port PROFINET
switch permits the establishment of a linear bus topology without
external hubs, switches or supplementary modules.
The SIMATIC HMI Key Panels support MRP (Media Redundancy
Protocol), a redundancy mechanism with which faults can be
bridged. By means of the Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) for
networks in a ring topology, a cable break or component failure
is compensated for by means of a switch that opens a second
communication path through the network. For this purpose, a
device in the topology assumes the role of redundancy manager
(configurable with SIMATIC STEP 7) that directs communication
to the alternative path in real time in the event of a fault on a data
line, thus guaranteeing continuous and reliable communication
between the components.
The 24 V power supply on the Key Panel can be looped through
and can thus be routed directly to the neighboring panel.
SIMATIC HMI KP8 PN
• 8 large mechanical illuminated pushbuttons with extremely
good tactile feedback, thus also suitable for harsh industrial
environments
• 8 freely configurable digital I/Os for connecting further
operator controls (key switches, indicator lights, etc.) on the
rear
SIMATIC HMI KP8F PN
• 8 large mechanical illuminated pushbuttons with extremely
good tactile feedback, thus also suitable for harsh industrial
environments
• 8 freely configurable digital I/Os for connecting further
operator controls (key switches, indicator lights, etc.) on the
rear
• 2 additional digital fail-safe inputs for connecting one or two
emergency stop buttons, for example
SIMATIC HMI KP32F PN
• 32 large mechanical illuminated pushbuttons with extremely
good tactile feedback, thus also suitable for harsh industrial
environments
• 16 freely configurable digital I/Os for connecting further
operator controls (key switches, indicator lights, etc.), as well
as another 16 digital inputs on the rear
• 4 additional digital fail-safe inputs for connecting up to four
emergency stop buttons, for example
■ Technical specifications
6AV3 688-3AY36-0AX0
6AV3 688-3AF37-0AX0
General information
Short lift keys/additional inputs as
pushbuttons or switches
6AV3 688-3EH47-0AX0
Yes
Control elements
Function keys, programmable
8 function keys
8 function keys
32 function keys, 32 with LEDs
Membrane keyboard
Yes
Yes
No
Connection for
mouse/keyboard/barcode reader
-/-/-
-/-/-
-/-/-
Input current
Rated current
Type of output
Color modes for LED
0.9 A
5
5
5
Number of LEDs
32
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs
32
Voltage (DC)
24 V
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs
16
Short-circuit protection
Yes
Test commissioning functions
Pushbutton and lamp test
Yes
2/14
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
■ Technical specifications (continued)
6AV3 688-3AY36-0AX0
6AV3 688-3AF37-0AX0
6AV3 688-3EH47-0AX0
Ambient conditions
Storage/transport temperature
• Transport, storage
-20 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
Relative humidity
• max. relative humidity
95 %
95 %
95 %
Degree and class of protection
Rear
Standards, approvals, certificates
KC approval
Mechanics/material
Lifetime, typ.
• Short-stroke keys (in switching
cycles)
• LEDs (ON period)
Weight
Weight
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC HMI KP8 PN
IP20
Yes
Yes
No
1000000
1000000
1000000
100 %
100 %
100 %
330 g
316 g
1 220 g
Order No.
6AV3 688-3AY36-0AX0
Key Panel, 8 short-stroke keys
with multicolored LEDs,
PROFINET interfaces, can be
assigned parameters with STEP 7
V5.5 or higher, 8 configurable
DI/DO,
24 V DC can be looped through
SIMATIC HMI KP8F PN
Order No.
Empty front
6AV3 688-3XY38-3AX0
Empty front for KP8 and KP8F in
combination with the HMI PRO
devices
Documentation
6AV3 688-3AF37-0AX0
Key Panel, 8 short-stroke keys
with multicolored LEDs,
PROFINET interfaces with
PROFIsafe, can be assigned
parameters with STEP 7 V5.5 or
higher, 8 DI/DO and 2 safety DI,
24 V DC can be looped through
SIMATIC HMI KP32F PN
2
The manual for the Key Panels can
be found by entering the product
name on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.
siemens.com
Accessories
See Catalog ST 80/ST PC
6AV3 688-3EH47-0AX0
Key Panel, 32 short-stroke keys
with multicolored LEDs,
PROFINET interfaces with
PROFIsafe, can be assigned
parameters with STEP 7 V5.5 or
higher, 32 DI/DO and 4 safety DI,
24 V DC can be looped through
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/15
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
■ Dimensional drawings
■ More information
13,7
Further information can be found on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-key-panels
2
Do you need a specific modification or extension to the products
described here? Then refer to "Customized Automation". There
you will find information about additional and generally available
sector-specific products as well as options for customer-specific
modification and adaptation.
127,7
155
Note:
38
98
6
48,8
16,2
G_ST80_XX_00442
67,5
275
SIMATIC HMI Key Panel KP32F
2/16
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
10
10
2 37
6
G_ST80_XX_00499
295
135
155
SIMATIC HMI Key Panel KP8
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Mobile Panels
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN V2 PROFIsafe (USA
version)
• with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button
• with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button with
integrated handwheel, keyoperated switch, and two illuminated pushbuttons
• with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button with
integrated handwheel, keyoperated switch, and two illuminated pushbuttons (tag version)
Order No.
6AV6 645-0GB01-0AX1
6AV6 645-0GC01-0AX1
6AV6 645-0GF01-0AX1
2
Starter kit
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN (RoW version1))
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277
IWLAN V2 (RoW version 1))
• Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
• Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
with integrated handwheel, keyoperated switch and two illuminated pushbuttons
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN V2 PROFIsafe (RoW
version 1))
• Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button
• Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button with
integrated handwheel, keyoperated switch, and two illuminated pushbuttons
• RFID tag version: Communication via WLAN (PROFINET)
with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button with
integrated handwheel, keyoperated switch, and two illuminated pushbuttons
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277
IWLAN V2 (USA version)
• Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
• Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
with integrated handwheel, keyoperated switch and two illuminated pushbuttons
Order No.
6AV6 645-0DD01-0AX1
6AV6 645-0DE01-0AX1
for
• Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2
• Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2
6AV6 651-5GA01-0AA1
6AV6 651-5HA01-0AA1
Accessories
Note: Please order the table-top
power supply or charging station
as well. Required for charging the
battery
• Table-top power supply incl.
power cable for EU, US, UK, JP
(only suitable for operation
under laboratory/office conditions)
6AV6 671-5CN00-0AX2
6AV6 671-5CE00-0AX1
6AV6 645-0EB01-0AX1
• Charger V2 for safe storage and
charging of device incl. lock for
securing the device in the
charger. Charging capabilities
for up to two additional batteries
• Additional battery with LED
indicator for indicating the
charge status
6AV6 671-5CL00-0AX0
6AV6 645-0EC01-0AX1
• Transponder V2 incl. batteries
(3x AA)
6AV6 671-5CM00-0AX1
• Service pack V2 for Mobile
Panel 277(F) IWLAN V2 contains
accessories pack for Mobile
Panel 277 (labeling strip cover),
battery compartment cover
(device), cover left/right
(charger), power supply
connector counterpart
(charger), replacement key
(charger)
6AV6 671-5CA00-0AX2
• Service pack for Mobile Panels
177/277, consisting of: Blanking
plugs for cable duct , 2 x cable
glands for connectivity box,
1 set of screws for connectivity
box cover, 2 x terminal box
(12-pin), 1 x terminal box (3-pin),
1 x blanking cap for connectivity
box
6AV6 574-1AA04-4AA0
6AV6 645-0EF01-0AX1
6AV6 645-0FD01-0AX1
6AV6 645-0FE01-0AX1
1) RoW version: "Rest of World" version: Version for worldwide sales
except in the U.S.
2) Already prepared for Rapid Roaming (iPCF-MC). iPCF-MC is already
included from Scalance FW version V4.3.37 and higher.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/17
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Mobile Panels
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
■ Ordering data
2
Order No.
SCALANCE W788-2RR
IWLAN Dual Access Point with
two built-in radio interfaces for
establishment of radio links with
iPCF
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.1)2)
• National approvals for operation
within the U.S. 2)
6GK5 788-2AA60-6AA0
6GK5 788-2AA60-6AB0
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IWLAN access point with one
built-in radio interface
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S. 1)
• National approvals for operation
within the U.S.
6GK5 788-1AA60-2AA0
6GK5 788-1AA60-2AB0
SCALANCE W-786 Access
Points for SIMATIC Mobile
Panel 277(F) IWLAN
• IWLAN Access Points with
integrated radio interfaces;
radio networks; IEEE
802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz up to
54 Mbit/s. National approvals;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), degree of protection IP65
(-40 °C to +70 °C); scope of
delivery: Mounting hardware,
48 V DC terminal block; manual
on CD-ROM; German/English;
SCALANCE W-786-2RR
IWLAN Dual Access Point with
two integrated radio interfaces for
setting up radio links with iPCF;
RJ45 connection
Four internal antennas
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.1)2)
• National approvals for operation
within the U.S. 2)
Order No.
Further IWLAN Access Point
versions:
SCALANCE W-788 access
points
• IWLAN access points with builtin wireless interface; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national
approvals; WPA2/AES; Power
over Ethernet (PoE), degree of
protection IP65 (-20°C to
+60°C);
scope of delivery: 2 ANT7954MR antennas, IP 67 hybrid
connector, installation material,
manual on CD-ROM,
German/English
6GK5 786-2BA60-6AA0
6GK5 786-2BA60-6AB0
SCALANCE W-784 access
points
6GK5 784-1AA30-...
IWLAN Access Points with
integrated radio interfaces (see
Catalog IK PI), radio networks
IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
up to 54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA2/AES;
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
degree of protection IP30
(-20 °C to +60 °C); scope of
delivery: Mounting hardware,
24 V DC terminal block; manual
on CD-ROM; German/English;
(See Catalog IK PI)
SCALANCE W-786 Access
Points
6GK5 786-...
IWLAN Access Points with
integrated radio interfaces (see
Catalog IK PI); radio networks
IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
up to 54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA2/AES;
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
degree of protection IP65
(-40°C to +70°C); scope of
delivery: Mounting hardware,
48 V DC terminal block; manual
on CD-ROM; German/English;
(See Catalog IK PI)
SCALANCE W-788 access
points
6GK5 788-...
IWLAN Access Points with
integrated radio interfaces (see
Catalog IK PI); radio networks
IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
up to 54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA2/AES; Power
over Ethernet (PoE), degree of
protection IP65 (-20°C to +60°C);
scope of delivery: 2 ANT795-4MR
antennas, IP67 hybrid plug-in
connector, mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM,
German/English
(See Catalog IK PI)
PS791-2DC power supply
• 24 V DC power supply for installation in SCALANCE W-786
products; operating instructions
in German/English
6GK5 791-2DC00-0AA0
PS791-2AC power supply
• 110 V AC to 230 V AC power
supply for installation in
SCALANCE W-786 products;
operating instructions in
German/English
6GK5 791-2AC00-0AA0
SCALANCE W-786-1PRO
IWLAN Access Points with built-in
wireless interface RJ45
connection
Two internal antennas
• National approvals for operation
outside the U.S. 1)
• National approvals for operation
within the U.S.
2/18
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
6GK5 786-1BA60-2AA0
6GK5 786-1BA60-2AB0
1) RoW version: "Rest of World" version: Version for worldwide sales
except in the U.S.
2) Already prepared for Rapid Roaming (iPCF-MC). iPCF-MC is already
included from Scalance FW version V4.3.37 and higher.
© Siemens AG 2012
Operator devices
Mobile Panels
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Configuration
Other compatible accessories:
• Wall mounting bracket for
Mobile Panels
6AV6 574-1AF04-4AA0
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Multimedia card, 128 MB
6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX2
Documentation (to be ordered
separately)
• SD Card, 512 MB
6AV6 671-8XB10-0AX1
• Mobile Panel 277 cover
membrane;
2 membranes per packaging
unit
6AV6 671-5BC00-0AX0
• Key labeling strips for Mobile
Panel 277;
2 sheets per packaging unit
6AV6 671-5BF00-0AX0
• Spare key for Mobile Panels;
pack of 10 keys
6AV6 574-1AG04-4AA0
• Connecting cable DP (MPI/
PROFIBUS) for Mobile Panels
Standard lengths:
2m
5m
8m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
• Connecting cable PN
(PROFINET) for Mobile Panels
Standard lengths:
2m
5m
8m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
6XV1 440-4AH20
6XV1 440-4AH20
6XV1 440-4AH80
6XV1 440-4AN10
6XV1 440-4AN15
6XV1 440-4AN20
6XV1 440-4AN25
6XV1 440-4BH20
6XV1 440-4BH50
6XV1 440-4BH80
6XV1 440-4BN10
6XV1 440-4BN15
6XV1 440-4BN20
6XV1 440-4BN25
• Accumulator option pack for
Mobile Panels (DP and PN)
6AV6 671-5AD00-0AX0
• Touch pen
including nylon line for securing
it to the Mobile Panel 277 10"
(set of 5, packed ready for
shipping)
6AV6 645-7AB14-0AS0
• Extra battery
for Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
6AV6 671-5CL00-0AX0
See catalog ST 80/ST PC
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2
Operating Instructions
• German
6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AA1
• English
6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AB1
• French
6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AC1
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AD1
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AE1
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2
Operating Instructions
• German
6AV6 691-1DM01-2AA1
• English
6AV6 691-1DM01-2AB1
• French
6AV6 691-1DM01-2AC1
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DM01-2AD1
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DM01-2AE1
User Manual WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-3AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-3AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-3AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-3AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-3AE0
WinCC flexible Communication
User Manual
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-3AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-3AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1CA01-3AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1CA01-3AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1CA01-3AE0
Accessories
See catalog ST 80/ST PC
2
The Function Manuals "Fail-Safe Operation of the Mobile Panel
277F IWLAN V1" are available for downloading in English,
German, and Japanese.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/31255853
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/19
© Siemens AG 2012
Process analytical instruments
SITRANS L level instruments - continous fill level measurement
SITRANS LR560
■ Overview
■ Configuration
Installation
Note:
• beam angle is the width of the
cone where the energy
density is half of the peak
energy density
emission
• the peak energy density cone
is directly in front of and
in line with the antenna
• there is signal transmitted
outside of the beam angle;
therefore false targets may be
detected
2
4°
SITRANS LR560 2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter for
continuous monitoring of solids in silos to a range of 100 m
(329 ft).
■ Benefits
• rugged stainless steel design for industrial applications
• 78 GHz high frequency provides very narrow beam, virtually
no mounting nozzle noise, and optimal reflection from sloped
solids
• aimer option to direct beam to area of interest, such as draw
point of cone
• lens antenna is highly resistant to product build up
• air purge connection is included for self-cleaning of extremely
sticky solids
• local display interface (LDI) allows local programming and
diagnostics
Aiming is rarely
required for signal
optimization with
78 GHz frequency.
■ Application
SITRANS LR560’s plug and play performance is ideal for most
solids applications, including those with extreme dust and high
temperatures to 200 ºC (392 ºF). Unique design allows safe and
simple programming using the Intrinsically Safe handheld programmer without having to open the instrument’s lid.
SITRANS LR560 includes an optional graphical local display interface (LDI) that improves setup and operation using an intuitive Quick Start Wizard, and echo profile display for diagnostic
support. Startup is easy using the Quick Start wizard with a few
parameters required for basic operation.
SITRANS LR560 measures practically any solids material to a
range of 100 m (328 ft).
• Key Applications: cement powder, plastic powder/pellets,
grain, coal, wood powder, fly ash
Aiming will assist in measuring
material in the cone
SITRANS LR560 installation
2/20
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Process analytical instruments
SITRANS L level instruments - continous fill level measurement
SITRANS LR560
Selection and Ordering data
Order No.
Selection and Ordering data
SITRANS LR560
2-wire, 78 GHz FMCW radar level transmitter for
continuous monitoring of solids in silos to a range
of 100 m (329 ft).
Order handheld programmer separately!
7ML 5 4 4 0 -
Further designs
7 7 7 0 0 - 777 7
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).
Measurement and process temperature range
40 m (131 ft) max range, -40 ... +100 °C
100 m (329 ft) max range, -40 ... +200 °C
0
1
Process connection
Universal flat-faced flange fits ANSI/DIN/JIS
flanges
3"/80 mm, 304 stainless steel
4"/100 mm, 304 stainless steel
6"/150 mm, 304 stainless steel
A
3"/80 mm, 316L stainless steel
4"/100 mm, 316L stainless steel
6"/150 mm, 316L stainless steel
D
E
F
3"/80 mm, painted aluminum, with integral aimer1)
4"/100 mm, painted aluminum, with integral aimer1)
6"/150 mm, painted aluminum, with integral aimer1)
G
H
J
Enclosure (with cable inlet)
Stainless Steel, 1 X ½" NPT
Stainless Steel, 1 X M20 x 1.5
(plastic gland included)
B
C
Output/communication
4 to 20 mA, HART
PROFIBUS PA
Foundation Fieldbus
Approvals
General Purpose, CSAUS/C, Industry Canada, FCC,
CE, R&TTE, C-TICK
CSA/FM Class I, Div. 2, Gr. A,B,C,D, Class II, Div.1,
Gr. E,F,G, Class III
ATEX II 1 D, ½ D, 2 D, 3G Ex nA/nL, CE, R&TTE,
C-TICK
Local display interface
Without LDI (local display interface)
With LDI (local display interface)
Plug M12 with mating connector1)2)3)
Plug 7/8" with mating connector2)4)
A50
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97 inch)]:
Measuring-point number/identification
(max. 16 characters); specify in plain text
Y15
Test certificate: Manufacturer's test certificate M to
DIN 55350, Part 18 and to ISO 9000
C11
Inspection Certificate Type 3.1 per EN 102044)
NAMUR NE43 compliant, device preset to failsafe
< 3.6 mA5)
C12
Operating Instructions for HART device
Order No.
English
7ML1998-5KB01
German
7ML1998-5KB31
Multi-language Quick Start manual
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual CD containing the complete ATEX Quick Start
and Operating Instructions library.
7ML1998-5XF81
A55
2
N07
Operating Instructions for PROFIBUS PA device
A
B
Pressure rating
0.5 bar g (7.5 psi g) maximum
3 bar g (40 psi g) maximum
Order code
0
1
English
7ML1998-5LT01
German
7ML1998-5LT31
Multi-language Quick Start manual
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual CD containing the complete ATEX Quick Start
and Operating Instructions library.
7ML1998-5XQ81
Operating Instructions for Foundation Fieldbus
device
A
B
C
A
B
English
7ML1998-5LY01
German
7ML1998-5LY31
Multi-language Quick Start manual
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual CD containing the complete ATEX Quick Start
and Operating Instructions library.
7ML1998-5XR81
Accessories
C
1
2
Hand Programmer, Intrinsically safe
7ML1930-1BK
Local display interface
7ML1930-1FJ
Sun Shield Cover
7ML1930-1FK
Housing lid with window
7ML1930-1FL
One metallic cable gland M20x1.5,
rated -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F), HART6)
7ML1930-1AP
One metallic cable gland M20x1.5, rated
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F), PROFIBUS PA7)
7ML1930-1AQ
SITRANS RD100 Remote display see Catalog FI 01, Chapter 8
SITRANS RD200 Remote display see Catalog FI 01, Chapter 8
SITRANS RD500 web, datalogging, alarming,
ethernet, and modem support for instrumentation see Catalog FI 01, Chapter 8
1) Rated to 120 ºC max. when used with Pressure rating option 1
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7ML5 7501AA00-0
Available with Approval option A only
Available with Enclosure option B only
Available with Output/communication options B and C only
Available with Pressure rating option 1 only
Available with Output/communication option A only
Product shipped with plastic cable gland, rated to -20 °C.
If -40 °C rating required, then metallic cable gland is recommended.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2/21
© Siemens AG 2012
Process analytical instruments
2
2/22
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3
© Siemens AG 2012
Evaluating /
Communication
3/2
Communikation over
PROFIBUS/PROFINET
3/2
3/2
Configuring
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11
3/3
3/3
3/6
3/9
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital input module
F Digital output module
F Analog input module
3/2
Conventional design
3/3
SIRIUS 3RK3
Modular Safety System
General data
Central modules, expansion modules,
interface modules, operating and
monitoring modules
Accessories
3/12
3/17
3/18
Delivery time classes (DT)
}
Preferred type
A
2 work days
B
1 week
C
3 weeks
D
6 weeks
X
on request
Preferred types are available immediately from
stock, i.e. are dispatched
within 24 hours.
In exceptional cases the
actual delivery time may
differ from that specified
The transport times
depend on the destination and type of shipping. The standard
transport time for Germany is 1 day.
The delivery times shown
represent the state of
10/2011.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Software for fail-safe/fault-tolerant automation with SIMATIC
Configuring
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11
■ Overview
■ Function
STEP 7 Safety Advanced provides extensive functions for the
generation of safety-related automation applications in the F
system SIMATIC Safety.
SIMATIC Safety is certified for use in safety mode to:
• Safety class SIL3 (Safety Integrity Level) in compliance with
IEC 61508: 2010
• Performance Level (PL) e according to ISO 13849-1: 2006 or
according to EN ISO 13849-1: 2008
3
• For creating safety-related programs in the STEP 7 operator
interface
• For seamless and easy to use integration of safety-related
functions into the standard automation
• All the required configuration and programming tools are
integrated into the STEP7 operator interface and utilize a
common project structure
■ Benefits
STEP 7 Safety Advanced also makes the advantages of the TIA
Portal available for fail-safe automation:
• Intuitive operation and the uniform operating concept (as with
standard programming) enable a fast introduction to the
creation of fail-safe programs.
• The F system is configured in the same way as standard
automation.
• Ready-to-start: The F runtime group is set up automatically on
insertion of the F-CPU.
• In connection with special signatures for the device parameters, the library concept supports in-house standardization
and simplifies the validation of safety-oriented applications.
• The Safety Administrator Editor provides central support for
the administration, display and modification of safety-related
parameters.
• Uniform and integrated identification of all safety-related
objects provides an instant overview.
■ Application
The STEP 7 Safety Advanced engineering tool allows the implementation of safety-related automation applications in the TIA
Portal.
The languages LAD and FBD, as well as ready-made certified
blocks, are used for programming the safety programs.
The documentation of the safety application is part of the acceptance documentation in accordance with the Machinery
Directive or IEC 61508 and corresponding applicable
standards. STEP 7 Safety Advanced supports validation of the
safety program with standard-compliant program documentation that is generated automatically at the press of a button.
Further functions:
• Library with a host of fail-safe logic and application blocks
• Separation of time-critical and non-time-critical tasks by 2
runtime groups
• Interconnection to modules by dragging and dropping from
the program editor
• Inheritance of module parameters by reusing via project
library
• Unambiguous marking of fail-safe components, parameters,
blocks, etc.
• Safety Administration Editor for support in the following tasks:
- Display of Status and signature of the safety program
- Display of safety mode status
- Creation/organization of F runtime groups
- Display of information about F blocks
- Definition/modification of access protection
- Definition/modification of general settings for the safety
program
Projects created with Distributed Safety V5.4 SP5 can continue
to be used with STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11.
System prerequisites
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11 can run under STEP 7 Professional
V11 SP1.
■ Ordering data
Task:
Engineering tool for configuring
fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
WinAC RTX F, ET 200S, ET 200M,
ET 200iSP, ET 200pro, ET 200eco
Requirement:
STEP 7 Professional V11 SP1
Floating license for 1 user
6ES7 833-1FA11-0YA5
Software Update Service
(requires current software
version)
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
STEP 7 Safety Advanced
Upgrade
6ES7 833-1FA11-0YE5
Distributed Safety V5.4 SP5 and
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11 for
parallel use; incl. software on CD;
Combo License for 1 user
3/2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Order No.
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital input module
■ Overview
■ Design
The fail-safe digital input module has the following features:
• 8 short-circuit-proof encoder supplies (8 V DC) for 1 channel
each, electrically isolated from the power bus/backplane bus
• Group error display (SF LED; red)
• Safety mode display (SAFE LED; green)
• Status/channel fault display per channel (green/red LED)
• Simple installation;
the installation is the same as for the other I/O modules of the
ET 200iSP
• User-friendly, permanent wiring.
■ Function
Fail-safe digital input modules convert the levels of the external
digital signals from the process to the internal signal level of the
fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs.
• Digital inputs for fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
• Can be used in the distributed ET 200iSP I/O device with IM
152-1
The digital electronic module 8 F-DI Ex NAMUR has the following
features:
• Suitable for the connection of encoders from the hazardous
area
• 8 inputs 1-channel (SIL2/Category 3/PLe) or 4 inputs
2-channel (SIL3/Category 4/PLe)
• Isolated from the power bus/backplane bus
• Suitable for the following sensors:
- According to IEC 60947-5-6 or NAMUR (with diagnostic
evaluation)
- Wired mechanical contacts (with diagnostic evaluation)
- Unwired mechanical contacts (with deactivated diagnostics)
• Programmable diagnostic interrupt
• Diagnostic buffer integrated in module
• Firmware update
• Identification data I&M
• Channel-selective passivation
• Supports time stamping
• Can only be used in safety mode
■ Application
The module is used decentrally in the ET 200iSP I/O device
together with SIMATIC IM151-7 F-CPU, S7-31xF-2 DP,
S7-416F-2, and S7-400F/FH.
Encoders according to NAMUR and wired mechanical contacts,
also for signals from the hazardous area, can be connected.
The safety functions required for fail-safe operation are
integrated in the modules.
■ Technical specifications
3
6ES7 138-7FN00-0AB0
FH technology
Module for failsafe applications
Yes
Input current
from supply voltage L+, max.
150 mA; (int. power bus)
Encoder supply
Number of outputs
8
Output voltage
8 V DC
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
1.4 W
Address area
Occupied address area
• Outputs
• Inputs
4 byte
6 byte
Digital inputs
Number/binary inputs
8
Number of NAMUR inputs
8
Input voltage
• Type of input voltage
DC
Input current
• for signal "1", typ.
9.5 mA
Input delay (for rated value of input
voltage)
• for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min.
- at "0" to "1", max.
- at "1" to "0", min.
- at "1" to "0", max.
0.7 ms
16 ms; Parameterizable
0.7 ms
16 ms; Parameterizable
Cable length
• Cable length, shielded, max.
• Cable length unshielded, max.
500 m
200 m
Encoder
Number of connectable encoders,
max.
Connectable encoders
• NAMUR encoder
8
Yes
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/3
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital input module
■ Technical specifications (continued)
6ES7 138-7FN00-0AB0
NAMUR encoder
• Input current, for signal "0", max.
• Input current, for signal "1", min.
Yes
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm
• Hardware interrupt
Yes; Parameterizable
No
• Short circuit
3
Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red)
TM-EM/EM60S
TM-EM/EM60C
Accessories
Yes
Yes
Yes; NAMUR encoders or single
contact with 10 kOhm parallel
resistor
Yes; R load < 150 ohms with
NAMUR sensor/sensor and
NAMUR changeover
contact/sensor to DIN 19234
Yes
ET 200iSP Manual
• German
• English
PROFIBUS cable connector with
active terminating resistor
RS 485-IS coupler
channel by channel
Labeling sheet
Yes
Galvanic isolation digital inputs
• between the channels
• between the channels and the
backplane bus
No
Yes
• acc. to IEC 61508
Use in hazardous areas
• Type of protection acc. to EN
50020 (CENELEC)
350 V AC/1 min between the
shield and backplane bus
connection
350 V AC/1 min between the
shield and I/O
2830 V AC/1 min between
backplane bus connection and
I/O
Yes
PLe
Cat. 3 (single-channel),
Cat. 4 (two-channel)
SIL 3
• Type of protection acc. to KEMA
II 2 G (1) GD Ex ib[ia Ga]
[ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 GB and
I M2 Ex ib[ia Ma] I Mb
10 ATEX 0056
Dimensions
Width
30 mm
Height
129 mm
Depth
136.5 mm
Weight
Weight, approx.
288 g
3/4
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
For RS 485-IS electric circuit;
1.5 Mbit/s
Galvanic isolation
between the channels and
backplane bus
60 V DC/30 V AC
6ES7 152-1AA00-8AA0
6ES7 152-1AA00-8BA0
Cable connector
channel by channel
Highest safety class achievable in
safety mode
• Performance Level in accordance
with EN ISO 13849-1
• acc. to EN 954
6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
Terminal module E60C
(spring-loaded terminal)
Diagnosis: short circuit
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark
6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
Terminal module E60S
(screw-type terminal)
Parameter
Diagnosis: wire break
Isolation
Isolation checked with
6ES7 138-7FN00-0AB0
Terminal modules
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits
Order No.
F digital input modules
8 F-DI Ex NAMUR
1.2 mA
2.1 mA
Interrupts/diagnostics/status
information
Status indicator
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions
• Diagnostic information readable
• Wire break
■ Ordering data
DIN A4, perforated, each
consisting of 10 sheets of
30 strips each, can be used for
electronic modules, and 20 strips
each, can be used for IM 151
• petrol
• red
• yellow
• light beige
6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
6ES7 193-7BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BA00-0AA0
Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit: 1 set with 200 items
each for slot numbering
• 10 x slots 1 to 2
• 5 x slots 1 to 40
8WA8 861-0AB
8WA8 861-0AC
Labels, not inscribed
8WA8 848-2AY
Ordering unit: 1 set with 200 items
each for slot numbering
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC S7300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating License
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
S7 F Systems RT License
6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0
For processing safety-related
user programs, for one
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or
AS 417F/FH
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital input module
■ Ordering data
S7 F Systems V6.1
Order No.
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5
Programming and configuring
environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, Floating License
for 1 user, executable under
Windows XP Prof SP2/SP3,
Windows Server 2003 SP2
2 languages (German, English)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of License as well as
software and electronic
documentation on CD
Order No.
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor
V6.2
Creation and checking of the
Safety Matrix logic on an external
computer without a SIMATIC
PCS 7 or STEP 7 environment
1 language (English), executes
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer
V6.2 for SIMATIC PCS 7
Operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment with several
operator control levels
2 languages (English/German),
runs under Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional,
Windows 2003 Server
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
Floating License for 1 installation
Floating License upgrade from
V6.x to V6.2
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool V6.2
Creation, configuration, compilation, loading and online
monitoring of the Safety Matrix in
a SIMATIC PCS 7 environment
Including SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7, for
operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in a SIMATIC PCS 7
environment with several operator
control levels
1 language (English), executes
with Windows XP Professional,
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette for Safety Matrix Tool and
Safety Matrix Viewer; software
and electronic documentation on
CD
Floating License for 1 installation
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5
Floating License upgrade from
V5.x/V6.x to V6.2
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YE5
6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5
3
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YE5
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/5
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital output module
■ Overview
■ Design
The fail-safe digital output module has the following features:
• Group error display (SF LED; red)
• Safety mode display (SAFE LED; green)
• Status/channel fault display per output (green/red LED)
• Simple installation;
the installation is the same as for the other I/O modules of the
ET 200iSP.
• User-friendly, permanent wiring.
■ Function
Fail-safe digital output modules convert the internal signal level
of the fail-safe SIMATIC S7-CPUs to the external signal level
required by the process. The safety functions required for failsafe operation are integrated in the modules.
■ Technical specifications
3
• Digital outputs for fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
• Can be used in the distributed ET 200iSP I/O device with
IM 152-1
The digital electronic module 4 F-DO Ex 17.4 V/40 mA has the
following properties:
• Suitable for the connection of actuators from the hazardous
area
• 4 outputs, PP-switching (SIL3/Category 4/PLe)
• Isolated from the power bus/backplane bus
• Max. output current 40 mA
• Rated load voltage 17.4 V DC
• Short-circuit, overload and wire-break monitoring
• Suitable for Ex i solenoid valves, DC current relays and
actuators
• To increase the power rating, two digital outputs can be
connected in parallel for one actuator
• Programmable diagnostics
• Programmable diagnostic interrupt
• Diagnostic buffer integrated in module
• Firmware update
• Identification data I&M
• Channel-selective passivation
• Can only be used in safety mode
■ Application
The module is used decentrally in the ET 200iSP I/O device
together with SIMATIC IM151-7 F-CPU, S7-31xF-2 DP,
S7-416F-2, and S7-400F/FH.
The modules are, for example, suitable for connecting solenoid
valves, DC contactors and indicator lights.
3/6
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
6ES7 138-7FD00-0AB0
Input current
from load voltage L+ (without load),
max.
510 mA; (int. power bus)
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.3 W; max.
Digital outputs
Number/binary outputs
4
Functionality/short-circuit strength
• Response threshold, typ.
Yes
Depending on the "short-circuit
level" parameter
Controlling a digital input
No
No-load voltage Uao (DC)
17.4 V
Internal resistor Ri
167 Ω
Load resistance range
• lower limit
• upper limit
270 Ω
18 kΩ
Trend key points E
• Voltage Ue (DC)
• Current Ie
10 V
40 mA
Output voltage
• for signal "1", min.
max. 17.4 V
Output current
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 10 µA
Parallel switching of 2 outputs
• for increased power
• for redundant control of a load
Yes
No
Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max.
• with inductive load, max.
30 Hz
2 Hz
Cable length
• Cable length, shielded, max.
• Cable length unshielded, max.
500 m
500 m
Interrupts/diagnostics/status
information
Status indicator
Yes
Substitute values connectable
Yes
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital output module
■ Technical specifications (continued)
6ES7 138-7FD00-0AB0
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm
Yes; Parameterizable
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable
• Wire break
• Short circuit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red)
• Status indicator digital output
(green)
Diagnosis: short circuit
Yes
6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
Terminal module E60S
(screw-type terminal)
6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
Terminal module E60C
(spring-loaded terminal)
ET 200iSP Manual
• German
• English
6ES7 152-1AA00-8AA0
6ES7 152-1AA00-8BA0
Cable connector
No
Yes
Yes
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits
60V DC/30V AC
Isolation
Isolation checked with
370 V for 1 min
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark
Yes
Use in hazardous areas
• Type of protection acc. to
EN 50020 (CENELEC)
TM-EM/EM60S
Accessories
Yes
Highest safety class achievable in
safety mode
• Performance Level in accordance
with EN ISO 13849-1
• acc. to EN 954
• acc. to IEC 61508
6ES7 138-7FD00-0AB0
Terminal modules
TM-EM/EM60C
Yes
Yes
Order No.
Digital output module
4 F-DO Ex 17.4 V/40 mA
Parameter
Diagnosis: wire break
Galvanic isolation
Galvanic isolation digital outputs
• between the channels
• between the channels and the
backplane bus
• between the channels and the
load voltage L+
■ Ordering data
PLe
Up to Cat. 4
SIL 3
PROFIBUS cable connector with
active terminating resistor
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
For RS 485-IS electric circuit;
1.5 Mbit/s
RS 485-IS coupler
3
6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Labeling sheet
DIN A4, perforated, each
consisting of 10 sheets of
30 strips each, can be used for
electronic modules, and 20 strips
each, can be used for IM 151
• petrol
• red
• yellow
• light beige
6ES7 193-7BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BA00-0AA0
Labels, inscribed
• Type of protection acc. to KEMA
II 2 G (1) GD Ex ib[ia Ga]
[ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 GB and
I M2 Ex ib[ia Ma] I Mb
10 ATEX 0057
Dimensions
Width
30 mm
Height
129 mm
Depth
136.5 mm
Weight
Weight, approx.
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
285 g
Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher
Ordering unit: 1 set with 200 items
each for slot numbering
• 10 x slots 1 to 2
• 5 x slots 1 to 40
8WA8 861-0AB
8WA8 861-0AC
Labels, not inscribed
8WA8 848-2AY
Ordering unit: 1 set with 200 items
each for slot numbering
Floating License
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/7
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Digital output module
■ Ordering data
S7 F Systems RT License
Order No.
6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0
For processing safety-related
user programs, for one
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or
AS 417F/FH
S7 F Systems V6.1
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5
Programming and configuring
environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, Floating License
for 1 user, executable under
Windows XP Prof SP2/SP3,
Windows Server 2003 SP2
2 languages (German, English)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of License as well as
software and electronic
documentation on CD
3
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer
V6.2 for SIMATIC PCS 7
Operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment with several
operator control levels
2 languages (English/German),
runs under Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional,
Windows 2003 Server
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
Floating License for 1 installation
Floating License upgrade from
V6.x to V6.2
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool V6.2
Creation, configuration, compilation, loading and online
monitoring of the Safety Matrix in
a SIMATIC PCS 7 environment
Including SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7, for
operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in a SIMATIC PCS 7
environment with several operator
control levels
1 language (English), executes
with Windows XP Professional,
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette for Safety Matrix Tool and
Safety Matrix Viewer; software
and electronic documentation on
CD
Floating License for 1 installation
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5
Floating License upgrade from
V5.x/V6.x to V6.2
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YE5
3/8
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Order No.
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor
V6.2
Creation and checking of the
Safety Matrix logic on an external
computer without a SIMATIC
PCS 7 or STEP 7 environment
1 language (English), executes
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YE5
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Analog input module
■ Overview
■ Design
• 4 short-circuit-proof encoder supplies (min. 12 V DC/
max. 26 V DC) for 1 channel each, electrically isolated from
the backplane bus
• Group error display (SF LED; red)
• Safety mode display (SAFE LED; green)
• Channel fault display per channel (red LED)
• Display for HART status per channel (green LED)
(If HART communication is activated for a channel and HART
communication is running, the green HART status display
lights up.)
• Simple installation;
the installation is the same as for the other I/O modules of the
ET 200iSP
• User-friendly, permanent wiring.
■ Function
• Analog inputs for fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
• Can be used in the distributed ET 200iSP I/O device with
IM 152-1
The analog electronic module 4 F-AI Ex HART has the following
properties:
• Suitable for the connection of encoders from the hazardous
area
• 4 analog inputs 1-channel (SIL2/Cat.3/PLe) or 4 inputs
2-channel (SIL3/Category 4/PLe, with two 4 F-AI Ex HART
modules)
• Electrical isolation between channels and the backplane bus
• Input ranges:
- 0 to 20 mA
- 4 to 20 mA
• Suitable for the following sensors:
- 2-wire transducers
- HART field devices
• Programmable diagnostics
• Programmable diagnostic interrupt
• Diagnostic buffer integrated in module
• HART communication (HART protocol versions 5, 6, 7)
• Firmware update
• Identification data I&M
• Can only be used in safety mode
■ Application
The module is used decentrally in the ET 200iSP I/O device
together with SIMATIC IM 151-7 F-CPU, S7-31xF-2 DP,
S7-416F-2, and S7-400F/FH.
Current sensors 0 ... 20 mA and 4 ... 20 mA (also HART) can be
connected as encoders.
The analog input module converts analog signals from the
process to digital signals for internal processing within the failsafe SIMATIC S7 CPUs.
3
The safety functions required for fail-safe operation are
integrated in the module.
The following functions are available:
• Resolution 15 bits + sign.
• Different measuring ranges:
- 0 to 20 mA or
- 4 to 20 mA or
- 4 to 20 mA (HART)
• Interrupt capability;
the module sends diagnostic interrupts to the CPU of the
controller.
• Diagnostics;
the module sends extensive diagnostic information to the
CPU.
■ Technical specifications
6ES7 138-7FA00-0AB0
Input current
from supply voltage L+, max.
490 mA; (int. power bus)
Output voltage
Power supply to the transmitters
• short-circuit proof
• Supply current, max.
Yes
25 mA; Plus 4 mA per channel
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.4 W; max.
Address area
Address space per module
• Address space per module, max.
16 byte; 12 bytes in the I area /
4 bytes in the O area
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs
4
Cycle time (all channels) max.
See data in manual
Input ranges
• Voltage
• Current
• Thermocouple
• Resistance thermometer
• Resistance
No
Yes
No
No
No
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/9
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Analog input module
■ Technical specifications (continued)
6ES7 138-7FA00-0AB0
Input ranges (rated values),
currents
• 4 to 20 mA
Yes; and 0 to 20 mA
Cable length
• Cable length, shielded, max.
500 m
Analog value creation
Measurement principle
integrating (Sigma-Delta)
Integrations and conversion time/
resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange
(bit including sign), max.
• Integration time, parameterizable
• Interference voltage suppression
for interference frequency f1 in Hz
3
Smoothing of measured values
• Parameterizable
• Step: None
• Step: low
• Step: Medium
• Step: High
Encoder
Connection of signal encoders
• for current measurement as 2-wire
transducer
• Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max.
16 bit
Yes
50 / 60 Hz
Yes; in 4 stages
Yes; 1 x cycle time
Yes; 4 x cycle time
Yes; 32 x cycle time
Yes; 64 x cycle time
Yes
750 Ω
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0.015 %
Temperature error (relative to input
area)
+/- 0.005 %/K
Crosstalk between the inputs, min.
-50 dB
Repeat accuracy in settled status at
25 °C (relative to input area)
+/- 0.015%
Operational limit in overall temperature range
• Current, relative to input area
Basic error limit (operational limit at
25 °C)
• Current, relative to input area
3/10
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
6ES7 138-7FA00-0AB0
Interference voltage suppression for
f = n x (fl +/- 1%), fl = interference
frequency
• Series mode interference (peak
value of interference < rated value
of input range), min.
• Common mode interference, min.
+/- 0.1 %
50 dB
Interrupts/diagnostics/status
information
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm
Yes; Parameterizable
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable
• Wire break
• Short circuit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Diagnostics indication LED
• Group error SF (red)
Yes
Galvanic isolation
Galvanic isolation analog inputs
• between the channels
• between the channels and the
backplane bus
• between the channels and the
load voltage L+
No
Yes
Yes; Power bus
Permissible potential difference
between the inputs (UCM)
60 V DC/30 V AC
Standards, approvals, certificates
CE mark
Yes
Highest safety class achievable in
safety mode
• Performance Level in accordance
with EN ISO 13849-1
• acc. to EN 954
• acc. to IEC 61508
+/- 0.35%
40 dB
Use in hazardous areas
• Type of protection acc. to
EN 50020 (CENELEC)
PLe
Cat. 3 (single-channel),
Cat. 4 (two-channel)
SIL 3
• Type of protection acc. to KEMA
II 2 G (1) GD Ex ib[ia Ga]
[ia IIIC Da] IIC T4 GB and
I M2 Ex ib[ia Ma] I Mb
10 ATEX 0058
Dimensions
Width
30 mm
Height
129 mm
Depth
136.5 mm
Weight
Weight, approx.
299 g
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200 fail-safe distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200iSP fail-safe distributed I/O
F Analog input module
■ Ordering data
Order No.
4 F-AI Ex HART
6ES7 138-7FA00-0AB0
Terminal modules
TM-EM/EM60S
6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
Terminal module E60S
(screw-type terminal)
TM-EM/EM60C
6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
Terminal module E60C
(spring-loaded terminal)
Accessories
ET 200iSP Manual
• German
• English
6ES7 152-1AA00-8AA0
6ES7 152-1AA00-8BA0
Cable connector
PROFIBUS cable connector with
active terminating resistor
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
For RS 485-IS electric circuit;
1.5 Mbit/s
RS 485-IS coupler
6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Labeling sheet
DIN A4, perforated, each
consisting of 10 sheets of
30 strips each, can be used for
electronic modules, and 20 strips
each, can be used for IM 151
• petrol
• red
• yellow
• light beige
6ES7 193-7BH00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BB00-0AA0
6ES7 193-7BA00-0AA0
Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit: 1 set with 200 items
each for slot numbering
• 10 x slots 1 to 2
• 5 x slots 1 to 40
8WA8 861-0AB
8WA8 861-0AC
Labels, not inscribed
8WA8 848-2AY
Ordering unit: 1 set with 200 items
each for slot numbering
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
Task: Software for configuring failsafe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher
Floating License
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
S7 F Systems RT License
6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0
For processing safety-related
user programs, for one
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or
AS 417F/FH
Order No.
S7 F Systems V6.1
F analog input module
6ES7 833-1CC02-0YA5
Programming and configuring
environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7 400H-based
target system, Floating License
for 1 user, executable under
Windows XP Prof SP2/SP3,
Windows Server 2003 SP2
2 languages (German, English)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of License as well as
software and electronic
documentation on CD
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool V6.2
Creation, configuration, compilation, loading and online
monitoring of the Safety Matrix in
a SIMATIC PCS 7 environment
Including SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7, for
operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in a SIMATIC PCS 7
environment with several operator
control levels
1 language (English), executes
with Windows XP Professional,
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette for Safety Matrix Tool and
Safety Matrix Viewer; software
and electronic documentation on
CD
3
Floating License for 1 installation
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YA5
Floating License upgrade from
V5.x/V6.x to V6.2
6ES7 833-1SM02-0YE5
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor
V6.2
Creation and checking of the
Safety Matrix logic on an external
computer without a SIMATIC
PCS 7 or STEP 7 environment
1 language (English), executes
with Windows 2000 Professional
or Windows XP Professional,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
6ES7 833-1SM42-0YA5
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer
V6.2 for SIMATIC PCS 7
Operation and monitoring of the
Safety Matrix in the SIMATIC
PCS 7 environment with several
operator control levels
2 languages (English/German),
runs under Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional,
Windows 2003 Server
Type of delivery: Certificate of
License and authorization
diskette; software and electronic
documentation on CD
Floating License for 1 installation
Floating License upgrade from
V6.x to V6.2
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YA5
6ES7 833-1SM62-0YE5
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/11
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
■ Overview
MSS Advanced
The 3RK3 Advanced central module is the consistent expansion
of the Basic central module with the functionality of an
AS-i safety monitor. In addition to having a larger volume of
project data and scope of functionality it can be integrated in
AS-Interface and therefore make use of the many different possibilities offered by this bus system. The function can be optionally activated in the central module.
The service-proven insulation piercing method of AS-Interface
enables not only the distributed expansion of the project data
volume using safe AS-i outputs, safe AS-i sensors and other
MSS Advanced or safety monitors (F cross traffic) but also a
highly flexible adaptation of the application, e.g. very fast connection of AS-i outputs such as LV HRC command devices, position switches with and without interlock, or light curtains.
SIRIUS 3RK3 modular safety system
3
The 3RK3 modular safety system (MSS) is a freely parameterizable modular safety relay. Depending on the external circuit version, safety-oriented applications up Performance Level e according to ISO 13849-1 or SIL3 according to IEC 62061 can be
realized.
The modular safety relay enables the interconnection of several
safety applications.
The comprehensive error and status diagnostics provides the
possibility of finding errors in the system and localizing signals
from sensors. Plant downtimes can be reduced as the result.
The MSS comprises the following system components:
• Central modules
• Expansion modules
• Interface modules
• Diagnostics modules
• Parameterization software
• Accessories
Central modules
MSS Basic
The AS-i bus is connected directly to the central module.
Expansion modules
With the optional expansion modules, both safety-related and
standard, the system is flexibly adapted to the required safety
applications.
Interface modules
The DP interface module is used for transferring diagnostics
data and device status data to a higher-level PROFIBUS network, e.g. for purposes of visualization using HMI. When using
the Basic central module, 32-bit cyclic data can be exchanged
with the control system. If the Advanced central module is used,
the number is doubled to 64-bit cycle data. The acyclic calling
of diagnostics data is possible with both central modules.
Diagnostics modules
Faults, e.g. crossover, are indicated directly on the diagnostics
display. The fault is diagnosed directly in plain text by the detailed alarm message. The device is fully functional upon delivery. No programming is required.
Parameterization software
The 3RK3 Basic central module is used wherever more than
three safety functions need to be evaluated and the wiring parameterization of safety relays would involve great cost and effort. It reads in inputs, controls outputs and communicates
through an interface module with higher-level control systems.
An application's entire safety program is processed in the central module. The 3RK3 Basic central module is the lowest expansion level and fully functional on its own, without the optional expansion modules.
3/12
Safety-orientated central disconnection using MSS or by distributed means using safe AS-i outputs and the formation of switchoff groups can be realized very easily. The same applies for any
subsequent modifications. They are now easily possible by readdressing, i.e. re-wiring is no longer necessary.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Using the MSS ES graphical parameterization tool it is very easy
to create the safety functions as well as their logical links on the
PC. For example disconnection ranges, ON-delays, OFF-delays
and other dependencies can be defined. In addition comprehensive commissioning, diagnostic and documentation functions are available.
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
IC01_00137
IC01_00138
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
System configuration with the Advanced central module
System configuration with the Basic central module
3
Order No. scheme
Digit of the Order No.
Modular safety system
1st - 4th
5th 6th 7th
@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@ @
A
A
@
Device type
Device type
@
Connection type
Communications
@
Version
Example
@
3RK3
3RK3
1
1
1
–
1
1
0
Note:
The Order No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
order numbers.
For your orders, please use the order numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
• More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable
safety logic
• Suitable for all safety applications thanks to compliance with
the highest safety standards in production automation
• For use all over the world through compliance with all productrelevant, globally established certifications
• Modular hardware configuration
• Parameterization by means of software instead of wiring
• Removable terminals for greater plant availability
• Distributed collection from sensors and disconnection of actuators through AS-Interface
• All MSS ES logic functions can also be used for AS-Interface,
e.g. muting, protective door with interlock
• Up to 12 independent safe switch-off groups on the AS-i bus
• Volume of project data can be greatly increased by means of
AS-Interface
• Up to 50 two-channel enabling circuits per system
Communication through PROFIBUS
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be connected to
PROFIBUS through the DP interface and exchange data with
higher-level control systems.
The MSS supports among other things:
• Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s
• Automatic baud rate detection
• Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
• Exchange of 32-bit cyclic data with MSS Basic or 64-bit cyclic
data with MSS Advanced
• Diagnostics using data record invocations
AS-Interface communication
Using the Advanced central module, the 3RK3 modular safety
system can be integrated in AS-Interface.
• MSS can read in up to 31 AS-i sensors
• Up to 12 prepared signals per MSS can be placed on the
AS-i bus, e.g. for F cross traffic or for disconnecting safe
AS-i outputs
• Safe cross traffic among Advanced systems or between
Advanced systems and safety monitors
• Standard signals, e.g. for acknowledgment, can also be
placed on the bus
MSS with communication function see Catalog IC 10, page 3/17
onwards.
Accessories see Catalog IC 10, page 3/18 onwards.
More information see also Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Planning,
Configuration and Visualizing for SIRIUS".
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/13
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
■ Application
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be used for all safety-oriented requirements in the manufacturing industry and offers the
following safety functions:
Symbol
MSS
Basic
MSS
Advanced
Monitoring functions
Universal monitoring
Evaluation of binary signals from singlechannel and two-channel sensors
?
✓
NOR
!
✓
✓
✓
✓
Negation
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Counter 0 -> 1
✓
✓
Counter 1 -> 0
✓
✓
--
✓
Counter 0 -> 1/1 -> 0
✓
✓
With ON-delay
✓
✓
Passing make contact
✓
✓
With OFF-delay
✓
✓
Clock-pulsing
✓
✓
Monitored start
✓
✓
Manual start
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
✓
--
✓
Flip-flop
Switching mats
Evaluation of switching mats with NC
contacts and/or crossover monitoring
Counting functions
Protective door monitoring
Evaluation of protective door signals
and/or protective flap signals
Protective door interlocking
Evaluation of protective doors with interlock and of the actuation/release of this
interlock
Approval switches
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Evaluation of OK buttons with NO contact
Two-hand operator controls
Evaluation of two-hand operator controls
BWS monitoring
Evaluation of non-contact protective
devices, e.g. light curtains and laser
scanners
--
Muting
✓
Time functions
!
Temporary bridging of non-contact protective devices,
2/4 sensors in parallel, 4 sensors in
sequence
Start functions
✓
Operating mode selector switches
✓
Evaluation of operating mode selector
switches with NO contacts
Logic element for monitoring of
AS-i input slaves
&
AS-I
--
✓
Output functions
Standard output
Logic operation functions
AND
XOR
NAND
✓ Available
3/14
✓
✓
F output
!
✓
✓
AS-i output function
✓
✓
✓
✓
OR
-- Not available
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
MSS
Advanced
--
Evaluation of EMERGENCY-STOP
devices with positive-opening contacts
Monitoring of AS-i (AS-i 2F-DI)
MSS
Basic
Logic Operation Functions (continued)
EMERGENCY-STOP
3
Symbol
4
4
Q
AS-I
Status functions
Element status
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
Central
modules
Expansion modules
4/8F-DI
2/4 F-DI 2/4 F-DI
1/2 F-RO 2F-DO
4/8 F-RO
4 F-DO 8 DI
8 DO
Interface
modules
Diagnostics
modules
7
+
Dimensions (W x H x D)
%
• Screw terminals
mm
45 x 111 x 124
22.5 x 111 x 124
45 x 111 x 124
22.5 x 111 x 124
45 x 111 x 124
96 x 60 x 44
• Spring-type terminals
mm
45 x 113 x 124
22.5 x 113 x 124
45 x 113 x 124
22.5 x 113 x 124
45 x 113 x 124
--
g/ms
15/11
Device data
Shock resistance
(sine pulse)
Touch protection acc. to
VDE 0106 Part 100 or
EN 60529
IP20
Permissible mounting
position
Vertical mounting surface (+10°/-10°), deviating mounting positions
are permitted for reduced ambient temperature
Minimum distances
For heat dissipation through convection from the devices 25 mm to the ventilation openings (top and bottom)
Permissible ambient
temperature
• During operation
• During storage and
transport
°C
°C
3
-20 ... +60
-40 ... +85
Number of sensor
inputs (1-channel)
8
8
4
4
--
--
8
8
--
--
Number of test outputs
2
2
2
2
--
--
--
--
--
--
-1
---
2
--
---
8
--
---
---
---
---
---
-1
---
---
-2
---
-4
---
8
--
---
---
160
160
160
400
135
125
160
270
90
Number of outputs
• Relay outputs
- Single channel
- Two-channel
• Solid-state outputs
- Single channel
- Two-channel
Weight
g
300
Installation altitude
above sea level
m
2 000
Environmental data
IEC 60947-5-1
EMC interference immunity
Vibrations
• Frequency
• Amplitude
Climatic withstand capability
Hz
mm
5 ... 500
0.75
EN 60068-2-78
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/15
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
Type
Central
modules
Expansion modules
4/8F-DI
2/4 F-DI
1/2 F-RO
2/4 F-DI
2F-DO
4/8 F-RO
4 F-DO
8 DI
8 DO
Interface
modules
Diagnostics modules
24 DC
±15 %1)
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %
24 DC
±15 %2)
Electrical specifications
Rated control supply
voltage Us
According to IEC 61131-2
V
0.85 ... 1.15 x Us
Operating range
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
300
50
300
50
300
50
50
50
50
50
Rated impulse voltage Uimp
kV
4
500
4
500
4
500
500
500
500
500
Total current input
mA
185
60
85
85
140
8
78
60
--
24
Rated power at Us
W
4.5
1.5
2
2
3
4.8
1.9
1.5
--
0.6
2
1
---
2
1
---
3
3
---
---
---
---
---
1.5
--
--
1
--
2
--
0.5
--
--
--
10 x 106
--
10 x 106
--
--
--
--
--
Utilization category according
to EN 60947-5-1 (relay outputs)
• AC-15 at 230 V
A
• DC-13 at 24 V
A
(semiconductor outputs)
• DC-13 at 24 V
A
3
Mechanical endurance
during rated operation
Oper- 10 x 106
ating
cycles
(relay)
Switching frequency z
at rated operational current
1/h
1 000
--
1000
1000
360
1000
--
1000
--
--
Conventional thermal
current Ith
A
2/1.5
--
1
1
3
2
--
0.5
--
--
A
A
4
6
---
4
6
---
4
6
---
---
---
---
---
Probability of a dangerous
failure
• Per hour (PFHd)
1/h
--
--
--
• On demand (PFD)
1/h
Basic:
1.89 x 10-9 3.79 x 10-9 2.7 x 10-9 7.15 x 10-9 3.18 x 10-9 -5.14 x 10-9
Advanced:
2.8 x 10-9
AS-i (incl.
AS-i):
3.8 x 10-9
Basic:
4.29 x 10-6 5.85 x 10-6 8.34 x 10-6 4.36 x 10-5 2.2 x 10-5 -1.28 x 10-5
Advanced:
1.7 x 10-4
AS-i (incl.
AS-i):
1.7x 10-4
--
--
--
Ω
100
100
100
100
--
--
100
--
--
--
With Cu 1.5 mm2 and
150 nF/km
m
1000
1000
1000
1000
--
--
1000
--
--
--
Conductor capacity
nF
330
330
330
330
--
--
330
--
--
--
Protection for output
contacts
Fuse links
LV HRC Type 3NA, DIAZED
Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
• gG operational class
• Operational class quick
Safety specifications
Parameters for cables
Line resistance
Cable length from terminal to
terminal
1)
Device current supply through a power supply unit acc. to IEC 60 536
protection class III (SELV or PELV).
2)
Via connecting cable to the central module.
3/16
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
Central modules, expansion modules, interface
modules, operating and monitoring modules
■ Selection and ordering data
3RK3 111-1AA10
3RK3 131-1AC10
3RK3 211-1AA10
3RK3 221-1AA10
3RK3 231-1AA10
3RK3 242-1AA10
3RK3 251-1AA10
Version
DT
3RK3 311-1AA10
3RK3 321-1AA10
Screw terminals
3RK3 511-1BA10
DT
Order No.
3RK3 611-3AA00
Spring-type
terminals
Order No.
Central modules
3RK3 Basic
Central module with safety-orientated inputs and outputs
• 8 inputs
• 1 two-channel relay output
• 1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 7 expansion modules can be connected
A
3RK3 111-1AA10
A
3RK3 111-2AA10
3
Note:
Memory module 3RK3 931-0AA00 is included in the scope of supply.
3RK3 Advanced
Central modules for connecting to AS-Interface with safety-orientated inputs and
outputs and extended scope of functions
• 8 inputs
• 1 two-channel relay output
• 1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 9 expansion modules can be connected
A
3RK3 131-1AC10
A
3RK3 131-2AC10
A
3RK3 211-1AA10
A
3RK3 211-2AA10
A
3RK3 221-1AA10
A
3RK3 221-2AA10
A
3RK3 231-1AA10
A
3RK3 231-2AA10
A
3RK3 251-1AA10
A
3RK3 251-2AA10
A
3RK3 242-1AA10
A
3RK3 242-2AA10
A
3RK3 321-1AA10
A
3RK3 321-2AA10
A
3RK3 311-1AA10
A
3RK3 311-2AA10
A
3RK3 511-1BA10
A
3RK3 511-2BA10
A
3RK3 611-3AA00
Note:
Memory module 3RK3 931-0AA00 is included in the scope of supply.
Expansion modules
4/8 F-DI
Safety-related input modules
• 8 inputs
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO
Safety-related input/output modules
• 4 inputs
• 2 single-channel relay outputs
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO
Safety-related input/output modules
• 4 inputs
• 2 two-channel solid-state outputs
4/8 F-RO
Safety-related output modules
• 8 single-channel relay outputs
4 F-DO
Safety-related output modules
• 4 two-channel solid-state outputs
8 DI
Standard input module
• 8 inputs
8 DO
Standard output module
• 8 solid-state outputs
Interface modules
DP interface
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485,
32-bit cyclic data exchange with Basic central module
or 64-bit with Advanced central module,
acyclic exchange of diagnostics data
Operating and monitoring modules
Diagnostics modules
--
Note:
Connection cable required, see Catalog IC 10, page 3/18.
More information see Cat. IC 10, Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication" and on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sirius-mss
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/17
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Order No.
Connection cables (essential accessory)
For connection of
3UF7 932-0AA00-0
Central
modules with
expansion
modules or
interface
module
Diagnostics
modules with
central module
or interface
module
✓
✓
• Length 0.025 m (flat)
}
3UF7 930-0AA00-0
--
✓
• Length 0.1 m (flat)
}
3UF7 931-0AA00-0
--
✓
• Length 0.3 m (flat)
}
3UF7 935-0AA00-0
--
✓
• Length 0.5 m (flat)
}
3UF7 932-0AA00-0
--
✓
• Length 0.5 m (round)
}
3UF7 932-0BA00-0
--
✓
• Length 1.0 m (round)
}
3UF7 937-0BA00-0
--
✓
• Length 2.5 m (round)
}
3UF7 933-0BA00-0
PC cable for PC/PG communication
with 3RK3 modular safety system
Through the system interface, for connecting to the serial
interface of the PC/PG
}
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
USB/serial adapters
To connect a RS 232 PC cable
to the USB port of a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with 3RK3
B
3UF7 946-0AA00-0
For system interface
}
3UF7 950-0AA00-0
For parameterizing the 3RK3 Modular Safety System without a PC/PG through the system interface
A
3RK3 931-0AA00
For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet
}
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
B
3RP19 03
• English
C
3ZX1 012-0RK31-1AC1
• German
C
3ZX1 012-0RK31-1AB1
PC cables and adapters
3
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
Interface covers
3UF7 950-0AA00-0
Memory modules
3RK3 931-0AA00
Door adapters
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing
e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
Can be used for 3RK3
3RP19 03
Manuals
Manual for 3RK3 modular safety system (MSS)
✓ Available
-- Not available
More accessories see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
3/18
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
Accessories
Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software for 3RK3
• Runs under Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2),
Windows 7 32 bit Professional/Ultimate/Business
• Delivered without PC cable
Version
DT
Order No.
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
3ZS1 314-4CC10-0YA5
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1 314-4CE10-0YB5
• License key on USB stick, Class A
B
3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1 314-5CE10-0YB5
Powerpack for MSS ES 2008 Basic to Standard
}
3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YD5
}
3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YL5
• License key on USB stick, Class A
B
3ZS1 314-6CC10-0YA5
• License key download, Class A
}
3ZS1 314-6CE10-0YB5
Powerpack for MSS ES 2008 Standard to Premium
}
3ZS1 314-6CC10-0YD5
}
3ZS1 314-6CC10-0YL5
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Basic incl. SP2
Floating license for one user
Engineering software in limited-function version
for diagnostics purposes,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
3ZS1 314-4CC10-0YA5
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Standard incl. SP2
Floating license for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5
3
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
Software Update Service
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through the system interface
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Premium incl. SP2
Floating license for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface,
creating, importing and exporting macros
3ZS1 314-6CC10-0YA5
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
Software Update Service
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface,
creating, importing and exporting macros
Note:
Description of the software versions see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 14 "Planning, Configuration and Visualizing for SIRIUS".
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3/19
© Siemens AG 2012
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
3
3/20
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4
© Siemens AG 2012
Reacting
4/2
4/2
ET 200S Safety motor starters
High-Feature motor starters
4/5
4/5
4/14
SINAMICS Introduction
Safety Integrated
SINAMICS drives with integrated safety
functions
4/16
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Introduction
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
Supplementary system components
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Supplementary system components
Memory cards
Supplementary system components
PC inverter connection kit 2
Spare parts
4/16
4/17
4/31
4/32
4/32
4/33
4/34
4/34
4/35
4/46
4/50
4/69
4/70
4/71
4/73
4/74
4/74
4/76
4/76
4/77
Delivery time classes (DT)
}
Preferred type
A
2 work days
B
1 week
C
3 weeks
D
6 weeks
X
on request
4/77
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Introduction
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
Control Units
Power Modules
Line-side components
Line filters
Supplementary system components
Operator Panels
Supplementary system components
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Supplementary system components
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Supplementary system components
Memory cards
Supplementary system components
Brake Relay
SINAMICS S120
System components
Safe Brake Adapter SBA
CNC automation system
SINUMERIK
Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK 828D
Preferred types are available immediately from
stock, i.e. are dispatched
within 24 hours.
In exceptional cases the
actual delivery time may
differ from that specified
The transport times
depend on the destination and type of shipping. The standard
transport time for Germany is 1 day.
The delivery times shown
represent the state of
10/2011.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200S distributed IOs
ET 200S Safety motor starters
High-Feature motor starters
■ Overview
4
Functionality of the High-Feature motor starters
• Basic functionality see catalog IC 10, "General Data"
➞"Overview" on page 8/84.
• Direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
• With wide range in 3 setting ranges, with 0.3 to 3 A,
2.4 up to 8 A, 2.4 to 16 A available
• With combination of starter circuit breaker, electronic overload
protection (parameterizable), and contactor or soft starter
• Power bus up to 50 A
• Upper and lower current limits for plant and process monitoring
• Motor stall protection, zero current detection and asymmetry
detection integrated
• The actual motor current is measured and transmitted for
diagnostics in the cyclic process image
• Control of the motor starter from the control system and extensive diagnostics status via the cyclic process image
• Optional digital inputs available in the cyclic process image
and flexibly assignable with functions for adaptation to all
applications
• Detection of the switching state of the starter circuit breaker via
aux. switches and of the contactor via current evaluation
• Integrated isolating function using starter circuit breakers
• Local safety engineering up to SIL 3 according to EN 62061
and PL e according to ISO 13849-1 (without failsafe kit in the
case of the HF starter, because the function of the failsafe kit is
already integrated)
• Front-mounting 2DI LC COM control module for 2 more
parameterizable digital inputs
• Optional "Motor Starter ES" software for easy commissioning
and diagnostics - from 11/2011 also for the new .-.AB4 -Starter
available (see catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Planning, Configuration and Visualizing for SIRIUS")
• PROFIenergy capable (only with the new .-.AB4 -starters)
• Supplying the motor current in PROFIenergy format
- Switching off during dead times
• All acyclic services DPV1 supported by PROFIBUS and
PROFINET (only with the new .-.AB4 -starters)
- Changing of parameters during operation, e.g. the rated
operational current
- Reading and writing acyclic data for exact diagnostics of the
unit or process and for analysis of the plant status
Selective protection concept for
ET 200S High-Feature motor starters
As a result of the selective protection concept (separate tripping
of short circuit and overload) with solid-state overload evaluation, additional advantages are realized on the High-Feature motor starters – advantages which soon make themselves positively felt particularly in manufacturing processes with high plant
stoppage costs:
• Only two versions up to 7.5 kW – hence little order variance and
stock keeping
• All settings can be parameterized by bus – hence full
TIA capability
• Separate signaling of overload and short circuit – enables
selective diagnostics
• Overload can be acknowledged by remote reset – ideal for
highly automated plants
• Current asymmetry monitoring – complete monitoring of the
motor
• Stall protection – complete monitoring of the motor
• Emergency start function in case of overload – operation is possible in an emergency
• Current value transmission via bus – monitoring of the application
4/2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
• Current limit monitoring
• Trip class can be parameterized – overload trip can be adapted
to the application
• Type of coordination "2" – still functional after short circuit with
magnitude of 50 kA
• Very high contact endurance
ET 200S High-Feature motor starter: DS1e-x direct-on-line starter
(innovated .-.AB4 starters)
ET 200S High-Feature motor starter: DS1e-x direct-on-line soft starter
(innovated .-.AB4 starter)
ET 200S High-Feature motor starter: Reversing starter (reversing starter)
RS1e-x (innovated .-.AB4 -Starter)
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200S distributed IOs
ET 200S Safety motor starters
High-Feature motor starters
PROFIenergy for ET 200S High-Feature motor starters
1)
Increasing energy prices, far-reaching ecological problems
worldwide and the threat of climate change make it necessary
for you to be more conscious about your use of energy.
Active and effective energy management is possible with
PROFIenergy.
PROFIenergy is a manufacturer-independent profile on
PROFINET, which can be used by all manufacturers, has been
standardized by PNO1) and supports the shut-down of electrical
devices during dead times and the read-out of measured values.
The ET 200S HF motor starter supplies the motor current in
PROFIenergy format and switches off during dead times.
All acyclic services DPV1 supported by PROFIBUS and
PROFINET (only with the new .-.AB4 -starters)
Thanks to the acyclic services, the ET 200S HF motor starters
now offer plenty of diagnostics data via data records. There are
extensive new options for reading out data from the motor starter
for device, system or process monitoring. The motor starter is
equipped internally with three logbooks for device faults, motor
starter trips and events, which are issued with a time stamp.
These logbooks can be read out of the motor starter on demand
at any time and provide the plant operator with plenty of information about the state of his plant and process which he can use to
carry out improvements.
With the slave pointer and statistical data functions it is possible
to read out, for example, the maximum internal current values or
the number of motor starter connection operations. This enables
process deviations to be monitored or commissioning to be optimized.
Statistical data or measured values make plant monitoring easy
for the user.
The device diagnostics data record contains details of all the
states of the motor starter, the device configuration and the communication as a basis for central device and plant monitoring.
The Installation and Maintenance Functions (I&M) store, firstly,
information (I&M) about the modules used in the motor starter
and, secondly, data (I&M) that can be defined during configuration, e.g. location designations. I&M functions are used for for
troubleshooting faults and localizing changes in hardware at a
plant or checking the system configuration.
Supported data records:
• DS 0 S7-V1 system diagnostics (S7 diagnostics alarm)
• DS 72, 73, 75 logbooks, device faults, trips, events
• DS 92 device diagnostics
• DS 93 command
• DS 94 measured values
• DS 95 statistics
• DS 96 slave pointer
• DS 100 device identification
• DS 131 device parameters
• DS 134 maintenance
• DS 165 comment
• DS 226 PROFIenergy technology function
• DS 231 I&M 0 (= device identification)
• DS 232 I&M 1 (= equipment identifier)
• DS 233 I&M 2 (= installation)
• DS 234 I&M 3 (= description)
Device functions (firmware features)
See catalog IC 10, page 8/86 and 8/87.
1)
In the PNO (PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e. V. - PROFIBUS User Organization), manufacturers and users have come together to agree on the standardized communication technologies PROFIBUS and PROFINET.
4
■ Technical specifications
See catalog IC 10, page 8/89.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/3
© Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC ET 200S distributed IOs
ET 200S Safety motor starters
High-Feature motor starters
■ Selection and ordering data
High-Feature motor starters in fully innovated design (".-.AB4 starters") 1)
Setting range of
the electronic release
DT
Order No.
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0AB10-0AB4
3RK1 301-0BB10-0AB4
3RK1 301-0CB10-0AB4
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0AB10-1AB4
3RK1 301-0BB10-1AB4
3RK1 301-0CB10-1AB4
A
A
A
3RK1 301-0AB20-0AB4
3RK1 301-0BB20-0AB4
3RK1 301-0CB20-0AB4
DT
Order No.
A
High-Feature motor starters,
with diagnostics, solid-state overload protection,
fuseless, expandable with brake control module
DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 8
2.4 ... 16
RS1e-x reversing starters
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 8
2.4 ... 16
Direct-on-line soft starter DSS1e-x
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 8
2.4 ... 16
DS1e-x
1)
When a device is replaced, the innovated motor starter will behave like the
previous motor starter, i.e. it will run in DPV0 mode.
Version
Accessories for Standard / High-Feature motor starters
• xB5 for motor starters
400 V AC
without digital input
•
A
3RK1 903-0CJ00
• xB6 for motor starters
400 V AC
with two digital inputs
•
A
3RK1 903-0CK00
• TM-xB15 S24-01
for xB1, xB2 or xB5
•
A
3RK1 903-0AG00
• TM-xB215 S24-01
for xB3, xB4 or xB6
•
A
3RK1 903-0AG01
Terminal modules for
brake control modules
4
3RK1 903-0CB00
4/4
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Overview
Safety-related standards
Functional safety is specified in various standards.
EN ISO 12100 and EN 1050, for example, are concerned with
the construction and risk assessment of machines. EN 62061
(only applicable for electrical and electronic control systems)
and EN ISO 13849-1, which will replace the previously used
EN 954-1 as of 2012, define the functional and safety-related
requirements of control systems with relevance to safety.
The above-mentioned standards define different safety requirements that the machine has to satisfy in accordance with the risk,
frequency of a dangerous situation, probability of occurrence
and the opportunities for recognizing impending danger.
• EN 954-1: Categories B, 1 … 4
• EN ISO 13849-1: Performance Level PL a … e
• EN 62061: Safety Integrity Level SIL 1 … 3
Trend toward integrated safety systems
Legal framework
Machine manufacturers and manufacturing plants must ensure
that their machines or plants cannot cause danger due to
malfunctions in addition to the general risks of electric shock,
heat or radiation.
In Europe, for example, compliance with the machinery directive
is required by law by the EC occupational health and safety
directive. In order to ensure compliance with this directive, it is
recommended that the corresponding harmonized European
standards are applied. This triggers the "assumption of conformity" and gives manufacturers and operators the legal security
in terms of compliance with both national regulations and EU
directives. The machine manufacturer uses the CE marking to
document the compliance with all relevant directives and regulations in the free movement of goods.
The trend toward more encompassing and increasing modularity of machines has seen a shift in safety functions away from the
classical central safety functions (for example, shutdown of all
drives by a line contactor) and into the machine control system
and the drives. One advantage of this development is that some
safety-related circuitry involving extensive hardware is now no
longer necessary.
Integrated safety functions act much faster than those of a conventional design. The safety of a machine is increased further
with Safety Integrated. Furthermore, thanks to the faster method
of operation, safety measures controlled by integrated safety
systems are perceived as less of a hindrance by the machine
operator. This significantly reduces the motivation to consciously
bypass safety functions.
4
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/5
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
Safety functions integral to the SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS S110 and SINAMICS S120
drive systems
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS S110 and
SINAMICS S120 are characterized by a full range of integrated
safety functions.
The drives fulfill the following equipment requirements of
• Category 3 according to EN 954-1
• Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 2 according to EN 61508
• PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1
The Safety Integrated functions provided by SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS S110 and SINAMICS S120 have
been certified by independent institutes. You can obtain the
corresponding external test certificates and manufacturer’s
declarations from your Siemens contact person.
The most important integrated safety functions available for
Siemens drives are described in the following. The functional
safety of all of the functions satisfies the requirements defined in
the international standard IEC 61800-5-2 for variable-speed
drive systems.
4
4/6
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
The integrated drive safety functions can be roughly divided
into two categories:
• Functions for safely stopping a drive:
- Safe Torque Off (STO)
This function ensures that torque is no longer output at the
motor shaft.
- Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
This function actively brakes a drive before the STO function
is activated. In the event of danger, drives with a high kinetic
energy can be brought to a standstill extremely quickly using
this function.
- Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
Like the SS1 function, the SS2 function actively brakes the
drive. At standstill, however, the SOS function is used instead
of STO. Just as with SS1, drives with a high kinetic energy
can be brought to a standstill extremely quickly in a hazardous situation.
- Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
The SOS function can be used as an alternative to STO.
In contrast to STO, the motor is not released from all torque.
Instead, the drive remains in position control, holds its
position, and it is monitored to detect zero speed.
- Safe Brake Control (SBC)
This function safely applies a holding brake after STO has
been activated, meaning that the drive can no longer move,
e.g. due to gravity.
• Functions for safely monitoring the speed of a drive:
- Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
The SLS function ensures that the drive does not exceed a
preset speed limit.
- Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
This function signals if the speed falls below a specified
value. No drive-integrated response occurs.
- Safe Direction (SDI)
This function monitors whether the selected direction of
rotation is being adhered to.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety function. It ensures that no torque-generating
energy can continue to affect a motor and prevents unintentional
start-ups.
The SS1 function causes a motor to stop rapidly and safely and
switches the motor to torque-free mode after coming to a standstill, i.e. STO is activated.
Activation
This function is a mechanism that prevents the drive from restarting unexpectedly, in accordance with EN 60204-1, Section 5.4.
Safe Torque Off suppresses the drive pulses (corresponds to
Stop Category 0 of EN 60204-1). The drive is reliably torquefree. This state is monitored internally in the drive.
Applications
STO has the immediate effect that the drive cannot supply any
torque-generating energy. STO can be used wherever the drive
will naturally reach a standstill due to load torque or friction in a
sufficiently short time or when "coasting down" of the drive will
not have any relevance for safety.
Customer benefits
The advantage of the integrated STO safety function compared
to standard safety technology using electromechanical switchgear is the elimination of separate components and the effort
that would be required to wire and service them. Because of the
fast electronic switching times, the function has a shorter switching time than the electromechanical components in a conventional solution.
Activation
The Safe Stop 1 function can safely stop the drive in accordance
with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 1. When the SS1 function is selected, the drive brakes autonomously along a quick stop ramp.
The Safe Torque Off and Safe Brake Control functions (if activated) are then activated automatically depending on the setting
– either after a delay time has elapsed or after the frequency
drops below a minimum value (monitored brake ramp).
Applications
The SS1 function is used when, in the event of a safety-relevant
incident, the motor must stop as quickly as possible with a subsequent transition into the STO state. It is thus used to bring
large centrifugal masses to a stop as quickly as possible for the
safety of operating personnel, or to brake motors at high speeds
as quickly as possible. Examples of typical applications are
saws, grinding machine spindles, centrifuges, storage and
retrieval machines.
Customer benefits
The targeted stopping of a drive by means of SS1 reduces the
risk of danger, increases the productivity of a machine, and
allows the safety clearances in a machine to be reduced. The
principle is to bring the drive actively to a standstill, compared
with just using the STO function.
4
STO
v
STO
G_D011_XX_00169
G_D211_XX_00210
v
t
t
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/7
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
With the SOS function, the stopped motor is brought into position
and monitored by the drive.
The SS2 function brings the motor to a standstill quickly and
safely and then monitors the standstill position.
Activation
Activation
The Safe Operating Stop function constitutes safe standstill
monitoring. The drive control remains in operation. The motor
can therefore deliver the full torque to hold the current position.
The actual position is reliably monitored. In contrast to safety
functions SS1 and SS2, the speed setpoint is not influenced
autonomously. After SOS has been activated, the higher-level
control must bring the drive to a standstill within a parameterized
time and then hold the position setpoint.
The Safe Stop 2 function can safely stop the drive in accordance
with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 2. When the SS2 function is selected, the drive brakes autonomously along a quick stop ramp.
In contrast to SS1, the drive control remains operational afterwards, i.e. the motor can supply the full torque required to maintain zero speed. Standstill is safely monitored (Safe Operating
Stop function).
Applications
SOS is an ideal solution for all those applications for which the
machine or parts of the machine must be at a safe standstill for
certain machining steps, but where the drive must also supply a
holding torque. It is ensured that despite counter torque the
drive remains in its current position. In contrast to SS1 and SS2,
the drive does not brake autonomously in this case. It expects
the higher-level controller to ramp down the relevant axes as a
coordinated group within an adjustable delay time. This can be
used to prevent any damage to the machine or product.
Applications
As with SS1, the SS2 function ensures the quickest possible
deceleration of the motor. However, the motor power is not
switched off. Instead, a control system prevents it from leaving
the standstill position – even if it is affected by external forces
Customer benefits
The SS2 function ensures a rapid axis stop. Because the control
remains active, after the safety function is deselected, productive operation can continue without referencing. This ensures
short setup and standstill times and high productivity
Customer benefits
No mechanical components are necessary to keep the axis in
position despite any counterforce that may occur. Due to the
short switching times and the fact that the position control
always remains active, setup and downtimes are reduced.
Recalibration of the axis after exiting the SOS function is not
necessary. The axis can immediately be moved again after
deactivation of the SOS function.
4
SOS
SOS
G_D211_XX_00206
v
G_D211_XX_00207
s
∆t
4/8
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
t
∆t
t
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
Safe Brake Control (SBC)
Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
The SBC function permits the safe control of a holding brake.
SBC is always activated in parallel with STO.
The SLS function ensures that the drive does not exceed a
preset speed limit.
Activation
Activation
A holding brake which is active in a de-energized state is controlled and monitored using safe two-channel technology. Due to
the two-channel control, the brake may still be activated in the
event of an insulation fault in the control cable. Errors of this kind
are detected early by means of test pulses.
If the preset speed limit is exceeded, this is detected reliably.
If the limit is exceeded, a customizable drive-integrated fault
reaction occurs.
Application
The SLS function is used if people are in the danger zone of a
machine and their safety can only be guaranteed by reduced
speed. First, therefore, the speed is reduced, then safe monitoring is activated using the SLS function so that accidental exceeding of the set speed limit is prevented. Typical examples
are cases in which an operator must enter the danger zone of the
machine for maintenance or setup. A typical use of SLS is a
winder, in which the material is manually threaded by the operator. To prevent injury to the operator, the roller may only spin at a
safely reduced speed. SLS is often also used as part of a twostage safety concept. While a person is in a less critical zone, the
SLS function is activated, and the drives are only stopped in a
smaller area with higher potential risk. SLS can be used not only
for operator protection, but also for machinery protection, e.g. if
a condition exists where speed must not be exceeded.
The SBC function is used in conjunction with the functions STO
or SS1 to prevent the movement of an axis in the torque-free
state, e.g. because of gravity.
Customer benefits
Again, the function saves the use of external hardware and the
associated wiring.
Application
Customer benefits
The SLS function can contribute to a significant reduction in
downtime, or greatly simplify or even accelerate setup. The overall effect achieved is a higher availability of the plant. Moreover,
external components such as speed monitors can be omitted.
4
STO
SLS
SBC
t
G_D211_XX_00208
v
G_D211_XX_00276
v
∆t
t
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/9
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
Safe Direction (SDI)
The SSM function warns when a drive is working below a specified speed/feed speed. As long as it remains below the threshold, the function issues a safety-related signal.
The SDI function ensures that the motor can only rotate in the
selected direction.
Activation
If a speed/velocity value drops below a parameterized level, a
safety-related signal is generated. This can, for example, be
processed in a safety controller to respond to the event by programming, depending on the situation.
Application
With the SSM function, in the simplest case, a safety door can be
unlocked if the speed drops below a non-critical level.
Customer benefits
Unlike SLS, there is no drive-integrated fault reaction when the
speed limit is exceeded. The safe feedback can be evaluated in
a safety control unit, allowing the user to respond appropriately
to the situation.
Activation
Deviation from the direction of rotation currently being monitored
is detected reliably and the configured drive-integrated fault
reaction is initiated. It is possible to select which direction of
rotation is to be monitored.
Application
The SDI function is used when the drive may only move in one
direction. A typical application is to permit the operator access
to a danger zone, as long as the machine is rotating in the safe
direction, i.e. away from the operator. In this state, the operator
can feed material into the work zone / remove material from the
work zone without danger.
Customer benefits
The function saves the use of external components e.g. speed
monitors and the associated wiring. The release of a danger
zone while the machine is moving away from the operator increases productivity. Without the SDI function, the machine must
be safely stopped during material loading and removal.
4
v
1
0
4/10
t
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
t
SDI
G_PM21_XX_00116
G_D211_XX_00209
v
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C and SINAMICS G120D
The Safety Integrated functions do not require a license.
The availability of Safety Integrated functions depends on the type of Control Unit, i.e. whether it is a standard Control Unit or a
fail-safe Control Unit.
An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS G120 and SINAMICS G120D plus their boundary conditions is shown in
the following table:
Function
Activation
Underlying function
Reaction to
limit overshoot
External setpoint
input effective
Encoder
required
License
required
Available in
STO
• F-DI 1)
• PROFIsafe
–
–
No
No
No
G120
- CU240E-2
- CU240E-2 DP
- CU240E-2 F
- CU240E-2 DP-F
G120C
G120D
- CU240D DP-F
- CU240D PN-F
SS1
• F-DI 1)
• PROFIsafe
STO, following expiry of
the parameterized delay
time or if the speed falls
below the minimum speed
limit
Activation of
STO
No
No
No
G120
- CU240E-2 F
- CU240E-2 DP-F
G120D
- CU240D DP-F
- CU240D PN-F
SLS
• F-DI 1)
• PROFIsafe
–
Activation of
STO or SS1
Yes
No
No
G120
- CU240E-2 F
- CU240E-2 DP-F
G120D
- CU240D DP-F
- CU240D PN-F
SDI
• F-DI 1)
• PROFIsafe
–
Activation of
STO or SS1
Yes
No
No
G120
- CU240E-2 F
- CU240E-2 DP-F
SSM
Always active
–
Signals that the
speed has fallen
below a specified
value
–
No
No
G120
- CU240E-2 DP-F
1)
Not for SINAMICS G120D.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/11
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
SINAMICS S110
The Safety Integrated Basic Functions do not require a license.
However, the Extended Functions of Safety Integrated do require
a license. It is irrelevant which extended safety functions are
used and how many.
The license can be ordered separately or as an option with the
memory card (order no. of the memory card plus order code F01).
For memory card order numbers, please refer to catalog D 31,
selection and ordering data.
An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS S110 plus their boundary conditions is shown in the following table:
Function
Activation
Underlying function
Reaction to
limit overshoot
External setpoint
input effective
Encoder required
License required
Basic Functions
4
STO
• F-DI0 on CU305
• PROFIsafe
SBC (if activated)
–
No
No
No
SBC
• With STO
(immediately or
following expiry
of the delay time
with SS1)
–
–
–
No
No
SS1
• F-DI0 on
CU305
STO following expiry of
the parameterized delay
time, followed by SBC
(if activated)
–
No
No
No
Extended Functions
SS1
with SBR
• F-DI0-2 on
CU305
• PROFIsafe
Safe acceleration
STO
monitoring (SBR) during
braking. STO and SBC
(if activated) following
expiry of the parameterized
delay time or if the speed
falls below the minimum
speed limit
No
No
Yes
SS2
with SBR
• F-DI0-2 on
CU305
• PROFIsafe
Safe acceleration
monitoring during braking.
Following expiry of the
parameterized delay time
SOS
STO
No
Yes
Yes
SOS
• F-DI0-2 on
CU305
• PROFIsafe
–
SS1
Yes
Yes
Yes
SLS
• F-DI0-2 on
CU305
• PROFIsafe
–
SS1, STO, or SOS
(parameterizable)
Yes
No
Yes
SSM
Always active
–
Message only
Yes
No
Yes
SDI
• F-DI0-2 on
CU305
• PROFIsafe
–
SS1, STO, or SOS
(parameterizable)
Yes
No
Yes
4/12
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
Safety Integrated
■ Function
SINAMICS S120
The Safety Integrated Basic Functions do not require a license.
A license is, however, required for each axis with safety functions
in the case of Safety Integrated Extended Functions. It is irrelevant which safety functions are used and how many.
The required licenses can be ordered separately or as an option
with the CompactFlash card (order no. of the memory card plus
order code F01).
For the order numbers of the CompactFlash cards, see catalog
D 31, chapter SINAMICS S120 drive system.
The CU310-2 Control Units are intended for the control of single
axes only. This means only one license is required for the
Extended safety functions.
An overview of the Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS S120 plus their boundary conditions is shown in the following table:
Function
Activation
Underlying function
Reaction to
limit overshoot
External setpoint
input effective
Encoder required
License required
Basic Functions
STO
• EP terminals on
SBC
the device and on (if activated)
the CU3xx
• Terminals on the
TM54F
• PROFIsafe
–
No
No 1)
No 2)
SBC
• With STO
(immediately or
following expiry
of the delay time
with SS1)
–
–
No
No 2)
No
No
No
2)
SS1
–
4
• EP terminals on
STO following expiry of
the device and on the parameterized delay
the CU3xx
time, SBC (if activated)
• PROFIsafe
–
Extended Functions
SS1
with SBR
• Terminals on the
TM54F
• PROFIsafe
Safe acceleration
STO
monitoring (SBR) during
braking. STO and SBC
(if activated) following
expiry of the parameterized
delay time or if the speed
falls below the minimum
speed limit
No
No 3)
Yes
SS2
• Terminals on the
TM54F
• PROFIsafe
Safe acceleration
STO
monitoring (SBR) during
braking. Following expiry of
the parameterized delay
time SOS
No
Yes
Yes
SLS
• Terminals on the
TM54F
• PROFIsafe
–
SS1, STO or SOS
(parameterizable)
Yes
No 3)
Yes
SOS
• Terminals on the
TM54F
• PROFIsafe
–
SS1/STO
Yes
Yes
Yes
SSM
Always active
–
Display only
Yes
Yes
Yes
SDI
• Terminals on the
TM54F
• PROFIsafe
–
SS1, STO or SOS
(parameterizable)
Yes
No 3)
Yes
1)
Activation using terminals on the TM54F currently requires an encoder.
2)
Activation using terminals on the TM54F currently requires a license.
3)
Not available for CU310 (SINAMICS Firmware V2.x)
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/13
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
SINAMICS drives with integrated safety functions
Drive applications with variable speed
SINAMICS G120/G120C
SINAMICS G120D
SINAMICS G130/G150
Modular/compact frequency inverter
for variable-speed single drives
Modular, distributed frequency inverter
for variable-speed single drives
Frequency converter for variable-speed
single drives
Main applications
Machines and plants for industrial and
commercial applications (mechanical
engineering, automotive, textiles,
chemicals, printing, steel)
Machines and plants for industrial
applications, particularly automotive,
but also in airports (wet area without
tensides), the food, beverages and
tobacco industry, and distribution logistics (e.g. overhead monorail conveyors)
Machines and plants for industrial
applications, wherever solid, liquid, or
gas substances must be moved, transported, pumped, or compressed
Application examples
• Pumps and fans
• Compressors
• Conveyor systems
• Conveyor technology, above all
for high-performance solutions
•
•
•
•
in production and process industries
Pumps and fans
Compressors
Extruders and mixers
Mills
Power range
0.37 – 250 kW/0.55 – 18.5 kW
0.50 – 340 HP/0,75 – 25 hp
0.75 – 7.5 kW
1.02 – 10.2 HP
75 – 800 kW / 75 – 1500 kW
102 – 1088 HP / 102 – 2040 HP
Degree of protection
IP20
IP65
IP20 / optional up to IP54 for
SINAMICS G150
Regenerative feedback
Yes, optional
Yes
No
- V/f control
Yes
Yes
Yes
- Vector control with/
without encoder
Yes
Yes
Yes
- Servo control
-
-
-
Motors
Induction motors
Induction motors
Induction and Synchronous motors
Further information
Catalog D 31
Catalog D 31
Catalog D 11
Control method
4
4/14
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS
Introduction
SINAMICS drives with integrated safety functions
High-performance and motion control applications
SINAMICS S110
SINAMICS S120
SINAMICS S150
Single-axis positioning drive
Modular drive system
for demanding single or
multiple-axis applications
Frequency converter for complex
variable-speed single drives
Main applications
Simple positioning tasks with synchroContinuous motion control, motion connous servo motors and induction motors trol tasks (including highly dynamic and
coordinated positioning tasks) in multiaxis drives with a common, central power supply and intermediate DC circuit
Machines and plants for industrial
applications with the most stringent
requirements for processes with dynamic and reproducible procedures
Application examples
•
•
•
•
•
• Production machines:
Machinery, equipment, and process
lines in the packaging, textile, printing, paper, wood, glass, ceramics, and
plastics industries
• Presses
• Converting applications
• Handling devices
• Paper machines, rolling mills, marine
applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power range
0.12 – 90 kW
0.16 – 122 HP
1.6 – 4500 kW
2 – 6035 HP
75 – 1200 kW
100 – 1609 HP
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20 / optional up to IP54
For cabinet modules
IP20 / optional up to IP54
Regenerative feedback
No
Yes, optional
Yes
- V/f control
No
Yes
Yes
- Vector control with/
without encoder
No
Yes
Yes
- Servo control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Motors
Induction and synchronous motors
Induction, synchronous, torque, linear
motors
Induction, synchronous, torque, linear
motors
Further information
Catalog D 31
Catalogs D 31, PM 21
Catalog D 21.3
Handling devices
Feed/extraction equipment
Assembly machines
Positioning axes
Tool changers
Test bay drives
Centrifuges
Elevators and cranes
Cross cutters and shears
Conveyor belts
Presses
Cable winches
4
Control method
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/15
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Introduction
■ Application
Application Continuous motion
Pumping,
ventilating,
compressing
Requirements for torque accuracy / speed accuracy /
position accuracy / coordination of axes / functionality
Basic
Medium
High
Basic
Medium
High
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Eccentric screw
pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Descaling pumps
Hydraulic pumps
G110, G120C
G120P, G120C,
G120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(G130, G150, GM150,
GL150)
Moving
4
Processing
Machining
Non-continuous motion
Requirements for torque accuracy / speed accuracy /
position accuracy / coordination of axes / functionality
(GM150)
(G130, G150, GM150,
GL150)
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Lifting/lowering
devices
Elevators
Escalators/moving
walkways
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
Elevators
Container cranes
Mining hoists
Excavators for
open-cast mining
Test bays
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Cross cutters
Reel changers
Storage and retrieval
machines
Robotics
Pick & place
Rotary indexing
tables
Cross cutters
Roll feeds
Engagers/
disengagers
G110, G110D,
G120C
G120D, G120C,
G120, S120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(DCM)
(GM150)
(G130, G150, GM150)
(G130, G150, S150,
GM150, GL150, SM150,
DCM, SIMATIC ET200S,
SIMATIC ET200pro)
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Extruders
Rotary furnaces
Extruders
Winders and
unwinders
Lead/follower drives
Calenders
Main press drives
Printing machines
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profile
• Path profile
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profile
• Path profile
Servo presses
Rolling mill drives
Multi-axis motion
control
such as
• Multi-axis
positioning
• Cams
• Interpolations
G120C
G120C, G120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(G130, G150, GM150)
(G130, G150, S150,
GM150, GL150, DCM)
(S150, DCM)
Main drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
Main drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Main drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
Axle drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
Axle drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Axle drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
• Lasering
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
• Nibbling and
punching
S110
S110, S120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(S150, SM150, SL150,
GM150, DCM)
(SM150, SL150, DCM)
(Devices in brackets are not included in Catalog D 31)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters continuously control the
speed of three-phase asynchronous (induction) motors and can
be used in a wide range of industrial areas. They are generally
suitable for applications involving conveyor belts, mixers,
extruders, pumps, fans, compressors and basic handling
machines.
■ More information
You may also be interested in these inverters:
• More performance in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection ⇒ SINAMICS G120 (catalog D 31, chapter 6)
• Higher degree of protection for power ratings up to 7.5 kW ⇒ SINAMICS G120D (catalog D 31, chapter 8)
• With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection ⇒ SINAMICS S110 (catalog D 31, chapter 9)
4/16
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Overview
■ Design
SINAMICS G120C is a compact inverter in IP20 degree of protection where the Control Unit (CU) and Power Module (PM)
function units are combined in one device.
The compact mechanical design and the high power density allow these devices to be installed in machine control enclosures
and control cabinets for maximum space utilization.
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters can be lined up next to
one another without requiring any derating.
SINAMICS G120C frame sizes FSA, FSB and FSC
with mounted blanking cover
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters offer a well-balanced combination of features to address a wide range of applications.
SINAMICS G120C inverters are compact, rugged devices that
are easy to operate and can be optionally equipped with a basic
or advanced operator panel.
SINAMICS G120C inverters are especially suitable when it
comes to meeting the requirements of system integrators, OEMs
and distributors regarding high productivity and tailored performance.
■ Benefits
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Compact design
Side-by-side design
High power density, low envelope dimensions
Simple installation in the tightest space
Low space requirement
Use in small control cabinets, close to the machine
Optimized parameter set
Optimized commissioning
Getting Started document
BOP-2 or IOP operator panels can be used
Integrated USB connection
Simple and fast software parameter assignment
Simple to use during commissioning and in operation
Minimized training costs, existing SINAMICS know-how can
be used
High degree of service friendliness, simple maintenance
Plug-in terminals
Cloning function using BOP-2 or SD card
Operating hours counter for "drive on" and "motor on"
Fast mechanical installation
Intuitive standard commissioning
Integrated component of Totally Integrated Automation
Energy-efficient, sensorless vector control
Automatic flux reduction with V/f ECO
Integrated energy saving computer
Safety Integrated (STO)
Integrated communication interfaces PROFIBUS DP, CAN,
USS, Modbus RTU
Coated modules
Operation up to an ambient temperature of 60° C (140 °F)
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB, with BOP-2
SINAMICS G120C can be integrated into the widest range of applications, either using the integrated digital and analog inputs
or via the integrated fieldbus interface (available in the USS/
Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS DP, CANopen versions). Especially
the product versions with integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface
make full integration into the Siemens TIA family possible, therefore allowing the advantages of the seamless TIA product family
to be fully utilized. SINAMICS G120C devices are preset in the
factory so that they can be immediately connected to
PROFIBUS DP and CANopen fieldbuses and used without
parameterization.
SINAMICS G120C is also equipped with the safety function STO
(Safe Torque Off) as standard, which is used to safely stop
drives. As a consequence, machine manufacturers can simply
comply with current machinery directives with minimum associated costs.
SINAMICS G120C can control asynchronous (induction) motors
in the power range from 0.37 kW up to 18.5 kW (0.5 hp up to
25 hp). Reliable and efficient motor operation is achieved by
using state-of-the-art IGBT technology combined with vector
control. The extensive range of functions integrated in the
SINAMICS G120C also offers a high degree of protection for the
inverter and motor.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/17
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Design
Fuse/
circuit breaker
Line reactor
USB cable
IOP
SINAMICS G120C
BOP-2
IOP
handheld
Braking resistor
G_D011_EN_00340
Motor
4
Line-side components
PC inverter connection kit 2
Line reactors
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC,
if the STARTER commissioning tool V4.2 and higher has been installed on the PC.
A line reactor is used to smooth voltage peaks (inverter protection) and to reduce commutating dips (line harmonic distortion).
Recommended line-side power components
Spare parts
Standard fuses can be used for the SINAMICS G120C. These
must be dimensioned to comply with local regulations. In this
chapter, you will find recommended components such as fuses
and circuit breakers in compliance with IEC and UL regulations.
Shield plates
DC link components
Spare Parts Kit
Braking resistors
This kit comprises 5 sets of I/O terminals, 1 RS485 terminal,
2 Control Unit doors and 1 blanking cover.
The excess energy of the DC link is dissipated using the braking
resistor. The braking resistors are designed for use with the
SINAMICS G120C. This has an integrated brake chopper (electronic switch).
A set of shield plates can be ordered for the motor and signal
lines corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C
inverter.
Set of connectors
Supplementary system components
A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and
motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of
the SINAMICS G120C inverter.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Roof-mounted fan
Graphics-based, user-friendly and powerful operator panel for
commissioning and diagnostics as well as local operator control
and monitoring of SINAMICS G120C.
A roof-mounted fan (at the top of the device) comprising a preassembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C.
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Fan unit
A 2-line display to provide support when commissioning and
troubleshooting the drive. The drive can be locally controlled.
A replacement fan (at the rear of the device; heat sink) comprising a pre-assembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered
corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C.
Memory cards
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC) or SIMATIC memory card
(SD card). When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has
been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the
memory card the drive system is immediately ready for use
again. The associated memory card holder is integrated in the
inverter.
4/18
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Integration
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
L1
L2
L3
PE
IOP Handheld
IOP
BOP-2
PC Inverter
Connection Kit-2
MMC/
SD
ESC
OK
PE
1
V1/ W1/
L2 L3
+ 10 V
2
≥ 4.7 kΩ
U1/
L1
Line filter
class A
0V
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
A
3~
BOP-2/IOP interface
D
USB interface for PC tools
=
DIP switch
Analog inputs
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
6
7
5
DI0
6
DI1
7
DI2
8 DI3
8
16 DI4
16
0 to 20 mA
ON
AI0
DI1
5
Digital inputs
DI0
OFF
0 to 10 V
R1
17 DI5
17
+
9
24 V
Braking
resistor
U24V
CPU
28 U0V
69 DI COM1
69
34 DI COM2
34
DIP switch
Bus termination
R2
4
ON
14
A
PTC/KTY
15
D
OFF
12 AO0+
A
Low voltage
only
(30 V, 500 mA)
DO0
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 6
(4)
Bit 5
(2)
Bit 4
20 COM
19 NO
(1)
Bit 3
ON
Bit 2
DIP switch for fieldbus address
D
Bit 1
13 AO0-
Bit 0
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
OFF
18 NC
22 NEG
DO1
21 POS
=
3 ~
USS/Modbus RTU
G_D011_EN_00341
PE U2
1
2
3
1) 0 V
2) RS485P
3) RS485N
4) Shield
5) Not connected
4
V2
W2
5
M
3 ~
Connection example SINAMICS G120C, USS/Modbus RTU version
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/19
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Integration
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
L1
L2
L3
PE
IOP Handheld
IOP
BOP-2
PC inverter
connection kit 2
MMC/
SD
ESC
OK
PE
1
V1/ W1/
L2 L3
+ 10 V
2
≥ 4.7 kΩ
U1/
L1
Line filter
class A
0V
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
A
3~
BOP-2/IOP interface
D
USB interface for PC tools
=
DIP switch
Analog inputs
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
6
7
5
DI0
6
DI1
7
DI2
8 DI3
8
16 DI4
16
0 to 20 mA
ON
AI0
DI1
5
Digital inputs
DI0
OFF
0 to 10 V
R1
17 DI5
17
+
9
24 V
Braking
resistor
U24V
28 U0V
34 DI COM2
34
R2
CPU
4
69 DI COM1
69
14
A
PTC/KTY
15
D
DIP switch for fieldbus address
(1)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 6
Bit 5
D
Bit 4
13 AO0-
Bit 1
ON
A
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
Bit 0
12 AO0+
OFF
20 COM
Low voltage
only
(30 V, 500 mA)
DO0
19 NO
18 NC
22 NEG
DO1
21 POS
=
3 ~
PROFIBUS DP
G_D011_EN_00342
1) Shield
2) Not connected
3) RxD/T-P
4) CNTR-P
5) DGND,
6) VP
7) Not connected
8) RxD/TxD
9) Not connected
Connection example SINAMICS G120C, PROFIBUS DP version
4/20
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5 4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6
PE U2
V2
M
3 ~
W2
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Integration
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
L1
L2
L3
PE
IOP Handheld
IOP
BOP-2
PC Inverter
Connection Kit-2
MMC/
SD
ESC
OK
PE
1
V1/ W1/
L2 L3
+ 10 V
2
≥ 4.7 kΩ
U1/
L1
Line filter
class A
0V
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
A
3~
BOP-2/IOP interface
D
USB interface for PC tools
=
DIP switch
Analog inputs
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
6
7
5
DI0
6
DI1
7
DI2
8 DI3
8
16 DI4
16
0 to 20 mA
ON
AI0
DI1
5
Digital inputs
DI0
OFF
0 to 10 V
R1
17 DI5
17
+
9
24 V
Braking
resistor
U24V
28 U0V
R2
69 DI COM1
34 DI COM2
34
4
CPU
69
14
A
(1)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 3
ON
12 AO0+
Bit 2
DIP switch for fieldbus address
D
Bit 1
15
Bit 0
PTC/KTY
Bit 6
D
Bit 5
13 AO0-
Bit 4
A
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
OFF
20 COM
Low voltage
only
(30 V, 500 mA)
DO0
19 NO
18 NC
22 NEG
DO1
21 POS
=
3 ~
CANopen
G_D011_EN_00343
1) Not connected
2) CAN_L
3) CAN_GND
4) Not connected
5) (CAN_SHLD), optional shield
6) (GND), (optional CAN ground)
7) CAN_H
8) Not connected
9) Not connected
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
PE U2
V2
W2
M
3 ~
Connection example SINAMICS G120C, CANopen version
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/21
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Configuration
The following electronic configuring guides and engineering
tools are available for SINAMICS G120C compact inverters:
Selection guide DT Configurator within the CA 01
The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline mall of Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies – contains over 100000 products with approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants. The DT Configurator has been developed to facilitate selection of the optimum motor and/or inverter from the wide
spectrum of drives. The configurator is integrated as a "selection
guide" in this catalog on the DVD-ROM with the selection and
configuration tools.
Online DT Configurator
In addition, the DT Configurator can be used in the Internet
without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be
found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to
engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families. It
provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware
components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for
Siemens Drives covers the full range of operations required to
configure a complete drive system, from basic single drives to
demanding multi-axis applications.
Additional information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is provided in the chapter Engineering tools.
4
4/22
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted
commissioning, optimization and diagnostics.
In addition to SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for
MICROMASTER 4 units and the frequency converters for the
distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200S FC and
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC. For SINAMICS G120D from
STARTER version 4.1, SP1 and higher.
Additional information on the STARTER commissioning tool is
provided in the chapter Engineering tools.
Drive ES engineering system
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of
Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world
easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. The STEP 7 Manager user
interface provides the ideal basis for this. A variety of software
packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic,
Drive ES SIMATIC and Drive ES PCS 7.1.
Additional information on the Drive ES engineering system is
provided in the chapter Engineering tools.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Selection and ordering data
The order number is selected corresponding to
• the required motor power or the motor current required and the overload requirements of the application,
• the necessary EMC classification and
• the required integrated fieldbus interface
Rated power1)
Base load
current IL2)
Base load
current IH3)
kW
hp
A
A
0.55
0.75
1.7
1.3
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
1)
2)
3)
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
7.5
10
15
20
25
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.6
7.3
8.8
12.5
16.5
25
31
37
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.6
7.3
8.8
12.5
16.5
25
31
Frame size
Version
FSA
USS/Modbus RTU
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSB
FSC
FSC
FSC
SINAMICS G120C
without filter
SINAMICS G120C
with integrated filter
class A
Order No.
Order No.
6SL3 210-1KE11-8UB0
6SL3 210-1KE11-8AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE11-8UP0
6SL3 210-1KE11-8AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE11-8UC0
6SL3 210-1KE11-8AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE12-3UB0
6SL3 210-1KE12-3AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE12-3UP0
6SL3 210-1KE12-3AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE12-3UC0
6SL3 210-1KE12-3AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE13-2UB0
6SL3 210-1KE13-2AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE13-2UP0
6SL3 210-1KE13-2AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE13-2UC0
6SL3 210-1KE13-2AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE14-3UB0
6SL3 210-1KE14-3AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE14-3UP0
6SL3 210-1KE14-3AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE14-3UC0
6SL3 210-1KE14-3AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE15-8UB0
6SL3 210-1KE15-8AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE15-8UP0
6SL3 210-1KE15-8AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE15-8UC0
6SL3 210-1KE15-8AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE17-5UB0
6SL3 210-1KE17-5AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE17-5UP0
6SL3 210-1KE17-5AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE17-5UC0
6SL3 210-1KE17-5AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE18-8UB0
6SL3 210-1KE18-8AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE18-8UP0
6SL3 210-1KE18-8AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE18-8UC0
6SL3 210-1KE18-8AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE21-3UB0
6SL3 210-1KE21-3AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE21-3UP0
6SL3 210-1KE21-3AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE21-3UC0
6SL3 210-1KE21-3AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE21-7UB0
6SL3 210-1KE21-7AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE21-7UP0
6SL3 210-1KE21-7AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE21-7UC0
6SL3 210-1KE21-7AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE22-6UB0
6SL3 210-1KE22-6AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE22-6UP0
6SL3 210-1KE22-6AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE22-6UC0
6SL3 210-1KE22-6AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE23-2UB0
6SL3 210-1KE23-2AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE23-2UP0
6SL3 210-1KE23-2AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE23-2UC0
6SL3 210-1KE23-2AC0
USS/Modbus RTU
6SL3 210-1KE23-8UB0
6SL3 210-1KE23-8AB0
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3 210-1KE23-8UP0
6SL3 210-1KE23-8AP0
CANopen
6SL3 210-1KE23-8UC0
6SL3 210-1KE23-8AC0
The rated power of the device based on the rated output current ILO and a rated input voltage of 400 V 3 AC. The rated power is specified on the
device rating plate.
The base load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). The current value is specified on the device rating plate.
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). The current value is not specified on the device rating plate.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/23
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all SINAMICS G120C compact inverters.
Mechanical specifications
Vibratory load
According to EN 60068-2-6
• Transport in the transport
packaging
5 ... 9 Hz: Constant deflection 3.1 mm
9 … 200 Hz: Constant acceleration = 9.81 m/s2 (1 × g)
• Operation
2 ... 9 Hz: Constant deflection 7 mm
9 … 200 Hz: Constant acceleration = 19.62 m/s2 (2 × g)
Shock load
According to EN 60068-2-27
• Transport in the transport
packaging
147.15 m/s2 (15 × g)/11 ms
3 shocks in each axis and direction
• Operation
147.15 m/s2 (15 × g)/11 ms
3 shocks in each axis and direction
Degree of protection
IP20/ UL open type
Permissible mounting position Horizontal panel mounting
Ambient conditions
Protection class
According to EN 61800-5-1
Class III (PELV1)
Touch protection
According to EN 61800-5-1
Class I (with protective conductor system)
Humidity, max.
95 % at 40 °C (104 °F), condensation and icing not permissible
Ambient temperature
4
• Storage 1) acc. to
EN 60068-2-1
-40 … +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Transport 1) acc. to
EN 60068-2-1
-40 … +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation acc. to
EN 60068-2-2
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without derating
>40 … 60 °C (104 … 140 °F) see derating characteristics
Environmental class in
operation
• Harmful chemical substances
Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3
• Organic/biological pollutants
Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3
• Degree of pollution
2 acc. to EN 61800
Standards
Compliance with standards
CE, cULus, c-tick
Fail-safe certification
Function: Safe Torque Off (STO)
SIL 2 according to IEC 61508, Parts 1 to 7 (1998 ... 2001)
PL d according to EN ISO 13849 Part 1 (2008)
Category 3 according to EN 60204 (2007)
PFHD: 5 × 10E-8 / T1: 10 years
CE marking, according to
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC behavior
According to EN 61800-3
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive
System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter.
• Frame sizes FSA to FSB
with integrated
line filter class A
Category C2 with max. 25 m (82 ft) shielded motor cable
• Frame size FSC
with integrated
line filter class A
Category C3 with max. 25 m (82 ft) shielded motor cable
1)
In transport packaging.
4/24
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
USS/Modbus RTU version
PROFIBUS DP version
CANopen version
6SL3210-0KE..-..B0
6SL3210-0KE..-..P0
6SL3210-0KE..-..C0
I/O interfaces
Signal cable cross-section
0.15 mm2 ... 1.5 mm2 (AWG28 ... AWG16)
Digital inputs – Standard
6 isolated inputs
Optically isolated;
Free reference potential (own potential group)
NPN/PNP logic can be selected using the wiring
• Switching level: 0 → 1
11 V
• Switching level: 1 → 0
5V
• Input current, max.
15 mA
Fail-safe input
1 safety input
When using the standard digital inputs (DI4+DI5)
Safety function: Safe Torque OFF (STO)
Digital outputs
1 relay changeover contact
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
1 transistor
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
Analog inputs
1 analog input
Differential input
Switchable between voltage (-10 ... +10 V) and current (0/4 ... 20 mA) using a DIP switch
10-bit resolution
Can be used as additional digital input
Analog inputs are protected in a voltage range of ± 30 V and have a common-mode voltage in the ± 15 V range.
• Switching threshold: 0 → 1
4V
• Switching threshold: 1 → 0
1.6 V
Analog outputs
1 analog output
Non-isolated output
Switchable between voltage (0 ... 10 V) and current (0/4 ... 20 mA) using a parameter
Voltage mode: 10 V, min. burden 10 kΩ
Current mode: 20 mA, max. burden 500 Ω
The analog outputs have short circuit protection
PTC/KTY interface
1 motor temperature sensor input
sensors that can be connected: PTC, KTY and Thermo-Click,
Accuracy ±5 °C
4
Integrated bus interface
Type
RS485
PROFIBUS DP
CANopen
Protocols
USS
Modbus RTU
(switchable using a parameter)
PROFIdrive Profile V4.1
CANopen
Hardware
Plug-in terminal, insulated,
USS: max. 187.5 kbaud
Modbus RTU: 19.2 kbaud,
Bus terminating resistors that can be
switched in
9-pin SUB-D connector, insulated,
Max. 12 Mbit/s
Slave address can be set using DIP
switches
9-pin SUB-D socket, insulated,
Max. 1 Mbit/s
Tool interfaces
Memory cards
Optional
1 SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC) or 1 SIMATIC memory card (SD card)
Operator panels
Optional
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 or Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
PC interface
USB
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/25
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
USS/Modbus RTU version
PROFIBUS DP version
CANopen version
6SL3210-0KE..-..B0
6SL3210-0KE..-..P0
6SL3210-0KE..-..C0
Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques
V/f linear/square/
parameterizable
✓
V/f with flux current control
(FCC)
✓
V/f ECO linear/square
✓
Vector control,
sensorless
✓
Vector control,
with sensor
–
Torque control,
sensorless
–
Torque control,
with sensor
–
Software functions
Setpoint input
✓
Fixed frequencies
16, parameterizable
JOG
✓
Digital motorized
potentiometer (MOP)
✓
Ramp smoothing
✓
Extended ramp-function
✓
generator (with ramp smoothing Off3)
4
Positioning down ramp
–
Slip compensation
✓
Signal interconnection with
BICO technology
✓
Free function blocks (FFB)
for logical and arithmetic
operations
–
Switchable drive data sets
(DDS)
–
Switchable command data
sets (CDS)
✓ (2)
Flying restart
✓
Automatic restart
after line supply failure or
operating fault (AR)
✓
Technology controller
(internal PID)
✓
Energy consumption counter
✓
Energy saving computer
✓
Thermal motor protection
✓ (I2t, sensor: PTC/KTY/Thermo-Click)
Thermal inverter protection
✓
Motor identification
✓
Motor holding brake
✓
Auto-ramping
(Vdcmax controller)
✓
Kinetic buffering
(Vdcmin controller)
✓
Braking functions
• DC braking
✓
• Compound braking
✓
• Dynamic braking with
integrated brake chopper
✓
4/26
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications of the power electronics
System operating voltage
380 … 480 V 3 AC +10 % -20 %
Line supply requirements
Line short circuit voltage uK
No restriction
Input frequency
47 … 63 Hz
Output frequency
• Control type V/f
0 … 650 Hz
• Control type Vector
0 … 240 Hz
Pulse frequency
4 kHz
for higher pulse frequencies up to 16 kHz, see derating data
Power factor λ
0.7 ... 0.85
Offset factor cos ϕ
≥0.95
Output voltage, max.
0 ... 95 % of input voltage
Overload capability
• Low overload (LO)
150 % base load current IL for 3 s, followed by 110 % base load current IL for 57 s followed by 100 % base load
current IL for 240 s in a 300 s cycle time
• High overload (HO)
200 % base load current IH for 3 s, followed by 150 % base load current IH for 57 s followed by 100 % base load
current IL for 240 s in a 300 s cycle time
Electromagnetic compatibility With integrated line filter Category C2/C3 according to EN 61800-3
Cooling
Air cooling using an integrated fan
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level without derating,
> 1000 m (3281 ft) see derating characteristics
Standard SCCR (Short Circuit
Current Rating) 1)
65 kA
Protection functions
• Undervoltage
• Overvoltage
• Overcontrol/overload
• Ground fault
• Short-circuit
• Stall protection
• Motor blocking protection
• Motor overtemperature
• Inverter overtemperature
1)
4
Applies to industrial control cabinet installations to NEC article 409/UL 508A.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/27
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G120C power electronics
6SL3210-1KE11-8..0
6SL3210-1KE12-3..0
6SL3210-1KE13-2..0
6SL3210-1KE14-3..0
Output current
at 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
1.8
2.3
3.2
4.3
• Base load current IL2)
A
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
• Base load current IH3)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
• Imax
A
2.6
3.4
4.4
6.2
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1.0)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2.0)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1.0)
1.1 (1.5)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.07
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
<52
<52
<52
<52
Sound pressure level LpA dB
(1 m)
Rated input current 4)
4
• Based on IL
A
2.3
2.9
4.1
5.5
• Based on IH
A
1.9
2.5
3.2
4.5
Length of cable to
braking resistor, max.
m (ft)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
Connection for braking
resistor
R1, R2
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
PE connection
On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw
Motor cable length,
max.5)
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
- Without operator panel mm (in)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
- With operator panel
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
1.7 (3.75)
1.7 (3.75)
1.7 (3.75)
1.7 (3.75)
Dimensions
• Depth
mm (in)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload.
The base load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The
rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load
and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor.
The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. To maintain limit values
according to EN 61800-3 Category C2, a maximum motor cable length of 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) is permissible.
4/28
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G120C power electronics
6SL3210-1KE15-8..0
6SL3210-1KE17-5..0
6SL3210-1KE18-8..0
6SL3210-1KE21-3..0
Output current
at 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
5.8
7.5
9.0
13.0
• Base load current IL2)
A
5.6
7.3
8.8
12.5
• Base load current IH3)
A
4.1
5.6
7.3
8.8
• Imax
A
8.2
11.2
14.6
17.6
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
2.2 (3.0)
3.0 (4.0)
4.0 (5.0)
5.5 (7.5)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
1.5 (2.0)
2.2 (3.0)
3.0 (4.0)
4.0 (5.0)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.09
0.14
0.15
0.18
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.009 (0.32)
<52
<52
<52
<63
Sound pressure level LpA dB
(1 m)
Rated input current 4)
• Based on IL
A
7.4
9.5
11.4
16.5
• Based on IH
A
6.0
8.2
10.6
12.8
Length of cable to
braking resistor, max.
m (ft)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
4…6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
4…6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
Connection for braking
resistor
R1, R2
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 … 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
4…6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
PE connection
On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw
Motor cable length,
max.5)
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
100 (3.94)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
- Without operator panel mm (in)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
- With operator panel
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSB
1.7 (3.75)
1.7 (3.75)
1.7 (3.75)
2.3 (5)
Dimensions
• Depth
mm (in)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload.
The base load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The
rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load
and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor.
The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. To maintain limit values
according to EN 61800-3 Category C2, a maximum motor cable length of 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) is permissible.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/29
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G120C power electronics
6SL3210-1KE21-7..0
6SL3210-1KE22-6..0
6SL3210-1KE23-2..0
6SL3210-1KE23-8..0
Output current
at 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
17.0
26.0
32.0
38.0
• Base load current IL2)
A
16.5
25.0
31.0
37.0
• Base load current IH3)
A
12.5
16.5
25.0
31.0
• Imax
A
25.0
33.0
50.0
62.0
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11.0 (15)
15.0 (20)
18.5 (25)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11.0 (15)
15.0 (20)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.24
0.35
0.43
0.50
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.009 (0.32)
0.018 (0.64)
0.018 (0.64)
0.018 (0.64)
<63
<66
<66
<66
Sound pressure level LpA dB
(1 m)
Rated input current 4)
4
• Based on IL
A
21.5
33.0
40.6
48.2
• Based on IH
A
18.2
24.1
36.4
45.2
Length of cable to
braking resistor, max.
m (ft)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
4…6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
4…6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
Connection for braking
resistor
R1, R2
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2
4…6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 … 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
PE connection
On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw
Motor cable length,
max.5)
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
• Width
mm (in)
100 (3.94)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
295 (11.61)
295 (11.61)
295 (11.61)
- Without operator panel mm (in)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
203 (7.99)
- With operator panel
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
224 (8.82)
FSB
FSC
FSC
FSC
2.3 (5)
4.5 (10)
4.5 (10)
4.5 (10)
Dimensions
• Depth
mm (in)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload.
The base load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The
rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load
and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor.
The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. To maintain limit values
according to EN 61800-3 Category C2, a maximum motor cable length of 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) is permissible.
4/30
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components
Operator panels
■ Overview
Operator panel
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Description
Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation
and the application wizards, commissioning of the standard
drives is easy.
Integrated application wizards guide the user interactively
through the commissioning process for important applications
such as pumps, fans, compressors and conveyor systems.
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with
the menu-prompted dialog on a 2-line display.
Simultaneous display of the parameter and
parameter value, as well as parameter filtering,
means that basic commissioning of a drive can
be performed easily and, in most cases, without a
printed parameter list.
Possible applications
• Directly mounted on SINAMICS G120C
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a
door mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is
IP54/UL Type 12)
• Available as handheld version
• 5 languages available
• Directly mounted on SINAMICS G120C
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door
using a door mounting kit (achievable degree of
protection is IP55/UL Type 12)
Quick commissioning
without expert knowledge
• Standard commissioning using the clone function
• User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of
self-selected parameters
• Simple commissioning of standard applications using
application-specific wizards; it is not necessary to know the
parameter structure
• Simple local commissioning using the handheld version
• Commissioning largely without documentation
• Standard commissioning using the clone
function
4
High degree of operator friendli- • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply toggle • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can
ness and intuitive operation
between the automatic and manual modes
simply toggle between the automatic and
manual modes
• Intuitive navigation using a rotary knob – just like in everyday –
applications
• Graphic display to show status values such as pressure or
flow in bar-type diagrams
• 2-line display for showing up to 2 process values
with text
• Status display with freely selectable units to specify physical • Status display of predefined units
values
Minimization of maintenance
times
• Diagnostics using plain text display, can be used locally
on-site without documentation
• Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware via USB
• Diagnostics with menu prompting with
7-segment display
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/31
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components
Memory cards
■ Overview
Supplementary system components
PC inverter connection kit 2
■ Overview
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC,
if the STARTER commissioning tool has been installed on the PC.
With this, the inverter can be
• parameterized (commissioned, optimized),
• monitored (diagnostics)
• controlled (master control via the STARTER commissioning
tool for test purposes).
A USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft) and the STARTER commissioning tool
on DVD-ROM are included in the scope of delivery.
■ Selection and ordering data
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC)/SIMATIC memory card (SD card)
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC) or SIMATIC memory card
(SD card). When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has
been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the
memory card the drive system is immediately ready for use
again.
• Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the
inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card.
• Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored.
• The memory card supports standard commissioning without
the use of an operator panel such as the BOP-2 or the
STARTER commissioning tool.
4
Note:
The memory card is not required for operation and does not
have to remain inserted.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Order No.
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC)
6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
SIMATIC memory card (SD card)
(for SINAMICS G120C and the
SINAMICS G120 CU2 . 0 . -2
Control Units)
6ES7 954-8LB01-0AA0
1)
The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10804985/133100
4/32
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
Description
Order No.
PC inverter connection kit 2
for SINAMICS G120C and
SINAMICS G120 Control Units
CU2 . 0 . -2
Including USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft) and
STARTER commissioning tool on
DVD-ROM 1)
6SL3 255-0AA00-2CA0
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Spare parts
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
The following spare parts are available for SINAMICS G120C for
service and maintenance work.
Description
SINAMICS G120C shield plates
• Frame size FSA
6SL3 266-1EA00-0KA0
A set of shield plates can be ordered for the motor and signal
cables corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C
compact inverter.
• Frame size FSB
6SL3 266-1EB00-0KA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3 266-1EC00-0KA0
SINAMICS G120C Spare Parts Kit
6SL3 200-0SK40-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C Spare Parts Kit
Order No.
SINAMICS G120C shield plate
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C
connectors
This kit comprises 5 sets of I/O terminals, 1 RS485 terminal,
2 Control Unit doors and 1 blanking cover.
• Frame size FSA
6SL3 200-0ST05-0AA0
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C connectors
• Frame size FSB
6SL3 200-0ST06-0AA0
A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and
motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of
the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter.
• Frame size FSC
6SL3 200-0ST07-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C roof-mounted fan
A roof-mounted fan (at the top of the device) comprising a preassembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter.
SINAMICS G120C roof-mounted fan
• Frame size FSA
6SL3 200-0SF40-0AA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3 200-0SF41-0AA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3 200-0SF42-0AA0
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C
fan unit
• Frame size FSA
6SL3 200-0SF12-0AA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3 200-0SF13-0AA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3 200-0SF14-0AA0
4
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB, with integrated roof-mounted fan
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C fan unit
A replacement fan (at the rear of the device; heat sink) comprising a pre-assembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered
corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter.
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB, with fan unit (rear view of rotated
inverter)
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/33
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Introduction
■ Application
Application Continuous motion
Pumping,
ventilating,
compressing
Requirements for torque accuracy / speed accuracy /
position accuracy / coordination of axes / functionality
Basic
Medium
High
Basic
Medium
High
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Eccentric screw
pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Descaling pumps
Hydraulic pumps
G110, G120C
G120P, G120C,
G120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(G130, G150, GM150,
GL150)
Moving
4
Processing
Machining
Non-continuous motion
Requirements for torque accuracy / speed accuracy /
position accuracy / coordination of axes / functionality
(GM150)
(G130, G150, GM150,
GL150)
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Lifting/lowering
devices
Elevators
Escalators/moving
walkways
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
Elevators
Container cranes
Mining hoists
Excavators for opencast mining
Test bays
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Cross cutters
Reel changers
Storage and retrieval
machines
Robotics
Pick & place
Rotary indexing
tables
Cross cutters
Roll feeds
Engagers/
disengagers
G110, G110D,
G120C
G120D, G120C,
G120, S120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(DCM)
(GM150)
(G130, G150, GM150)
(G130, G150, S150,
GM150, GL150, SM150,
DCM, SIMATIC ET200S,
SIMATIC ET200pro)
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Extruders
Rotary furnaces
Extruders
Winders and
unwinders
Lead/follower drives
Calenders
Main press drives
Printing machines
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profile
• Path profile
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profile
• Path profile
Servo presses
Rolling mill drives
Multi-axis motion
control
such as
• Multi-axis
positioning
• Cams
• Interpolations
G120C
G120C, G120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(G130, G150, GM150)
(G130, G150, S150,
GM150, GL150, DCM)
(S150, DCM)
Main drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
Main drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Main drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
Axle drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
Axle drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Axle drives for
• Turning
• Drilling
• Milling
• Lasering
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
• Nibbling and
punching
S110
S110, S120
S120
S110
S110, S120
S120
(S150, SM150, SL150,
GM150, DCM)
(SM150, SL150, DCM)
(Devices in brackets are not included in Catalog D 31)
The standard SINAMICS G120 inverter is especially well-suited
• as a universal drive in all industrial and commercial applications
• e.g. in the automotive, textile, printing and chemical industries
• for higher-level applications, e.g. in conveyor systems
■ More information
You may also be interested in these inverters/converters:
• Increased functional scope ⇒ SINAMICS S110 (catalog D 31, chapter 9)
• Higher degree of protection ⇒ SINAMICS G120D (catalog D 31, chapter 8)
4/34
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Overview
The SINAMICS G120 inverter is designed to provide precise and
cost-effective speed/torque control of three-phase motors.
With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSGX) in an
output range of 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp), it is suitable for a wide variety of drive solutions.
SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSA, FSB and FSC; each with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
4
SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF; each with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/35
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Overview
Safety Integrated
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are available in different versions for safety-related applications. The PM240, PM250 and
PM260 Power Modules are prepared for Safety Integrated. In
conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be turned
into a Safety Integrated Drive.
The SINAMICS G120 fail-safe inverter provides 5 safety
functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1, Category 3
and IEC 61508 SIL 2 as well as ISO 13849-1 PLD:
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
to protect against active movement of the drive
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
for protection against dangerous movements on exceeding a
speed limit
• Safe direction (SDI)
This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the
selected direction
• Safe speed monitoring (SSM)
This function signals if a drive operates below a specific
speed/feed velocity.
The Safe Stop 1 (SS1) and Safely Limited Speed functions can
both be implemented without having to use a motor encoder; the
implementation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can
be updated with safety technology without the need to change
the motor or mechanical system.
SINAMICS G120, frame size FSGX; with Power Module, CU240E-2 F
Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
4
Operator-friendly design
SINAMICS G120 is a modular inverter system that essentially
comprises two function units:
• Control Unit (CU)
• Power Module (PM)
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor in several different modes. It supports
communication with a local or central controller and monitoring
devices.
The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp). It features state-of-the-art
IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulated motor voltage and
selectable pulse frequency. It also features a range of functions
offering a high degree of protection for the Power Module and
motor.
4/36
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SSM and SDI functions
are only permissible for applications where the load can never
accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore
not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such
as hoisting gear and unwinders.
Additional information is provided in catalog D 31, chapter Highlights, section Safety Integrated.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Overview
Efficient Infeed Technology
The advanced Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in
PM250 and PM260 Power Modules. This technology allows the
energy produced by motors operating in generator mode connected to standard inverters to be fed back into the supply system. For control cabinets, an additional temperature rise can be
avoided and the amount of space required can be reduced due
to the fact that components such as braking resistors, braking
choppers and line reactors can be eliminated. Further, wiring
and engineering costs are significantly reduced. At the same
time, energy consumption can be reduced and ongoing operating costs noticeably reduced.
Additional information is included in catalog D 31,chapter Highlights, section Efficient Infeed Technology.
■ Benefits
7
7
7
7
Innovative cooling concept and varnishing of electronic
modules
The new cooling system and varnishing of the electronic modules significantly increases the service life or useful life of the
device.
• Disposal of all heat losses via an external heat sink
• Consequential convection cooling of the Control Unit, electronic modules are not located in the air duct
• All cooling air from the fan is directed through the heat sink
7
7
Energy efficiency
Integrated technologies help when optimizing the energy usage
of the plant or system referred to the particular application:
• Energy-efficient, sensorless vector control
• Automatic flux reduction with V/f ECO mode
• Integrated energy saving computer
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Modularity ensures flexibility for a drive concept that is fit for
the future
- Module replacement under voltage (hot swapping)
- Pluggable terminals
- The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the system extremely service friendly
The integrated safety functions significantly reduce the costs
when integrating drives into safety-oriented machines or systems
Communications-capable via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with
PROFIdrive Profile 4.0
- Reduced number of interfaces
- Plant-wide engineering
- Easy to handle
The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with
"pared-down" DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be
fed back into the supply system when PM250 and PM260
Power Modules are used. This feedback capability provides
enormous potential for savings because generated energy no
longer has to be converted into heat in a braking resistor
Integrated USB interface for simplified, local commissioning
and diagnostics
Application-specific modules for pumps, fans and compressors are integrated, e.g.:
- 4 freely-programmable PID controllers
- Application-specific wizards
- Ni1000/Pt1000 temperature sensor interface
- 230 V relay
- 3 freely-programmable digital time switches
Integrated control functionality by using Bico technology
Innovative SiC semiconductor technology ensures that when
a PM260 Power Module is used, the inverter is more compact
than a comparable standard inverter with an optional sinewave filter for the same power rating
An innovative cooling concept and coated electronic modules
increase robustness and service life
- External heat sink
- Electronic components are not located in air duct
- Control Unit that is completely cooled by convection
- Additional coating of the most important components
Simple unit replacement and quick copying of parameters
using the optional Basic Operator Panel or the optional MMC
memory card
Quiet motor operation as a result of the high pulse frequency
Compact, space-saving design
Software parameters for simple adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
2/3-wire control for static/pulsed signals for universal control
via digital inputs
Fast engineering and commissioning by using standard engineering tools such as SIZER for Siemens Drives, STARTER
and Drive ES – STARTER is integrated into STEP 7 using Drive
ES Basic, with all of the benefits of central data management
and totally integrated communication
Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, c-tick
and Safety Integrated IEC 61508 SIL 2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/37
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Application-orientated design of SINAMICS G120
Power
Module
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are modular inverters for
standard drives. Selection of the SINAMICS G120 is reduced to
two or three steps thanks to the modular system used.
Control
Unit
+
Operator
Panel
+
SINAMICS G120
standard inverters
=
G_D011_EN_00354
Selecting the Control Unit
The optimum Control Unit is selected first, based on the number
of I/Os and any additional functions required such as Safety
Integrated or HVAC. The communication options are already integrated and do not have to be additionally ordered or plugged
in. Two product series are available corresponding to the particular application.
Power
Module
Control
Unit
Operator
Panel
CU240 Control Units
The CU240 Control Units are suitable for a wide range of applications in general machine construction, such as conveyor
belts, mixers and extruders.
G_D011_XX_00355
Technology functions
(selection)
4
Inputs
Outputs
Integrated
safety
technology
Digital inputs,
fail-safe
Communication
Designation
Control Unit
Order No.
CU240 series – for basic applications with variable-speed drives
• Free function blocks
(FFB)
• 1 x PID controller
• Motor holding brake
4 digital
1 analog
1 digital
1 analog
–
–
RS485/USS /
Modbus RTU
CU240B-2
6SL3 244-0BB00-1BA1
PROFIBUS DP
CU240B-2 DP
6SL3 244-0BB00-1PA1
CU240 series – for standard applications in general machinery construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders
• Free function blocks
(FFB)
• 1 x PID controller
• Motor holding brake
6 digital
2 analog
3 digital
2 analog
STO
STO, SS1,
SLS, SSM,
SDI
4/38
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
1 F-DI
(opt. for each
2 DI)
RS485/USS /
Modbus RTU
CU240E-2
6SL3 244-0BB12-1BA1
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 DP
6SL3 244-0BB12-1PA1
3 F-DI
(opt. for each
2 DI)
RS485/USS /
Modbus RTU
CU240E-2 -F
6SL3 244-0BB13-1BA1
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 DP-F
6SL3 244-0BB13-1PA1
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Selecting the Power Module
PM260 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20
The optimum power unit can be quickly selected based on the
required motor power, the supply voltage and the braking cycles
to be expected.
PM260 Power Modules are designed for applications from 500 V
to 690 V, are capable of energy recovery and include a sinewave filter to reduce the stress on the motor and for long cable
lengths.
PM240 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20
PM240 Power Modules have a braking chopper (four-quadrant
applications) and are suitable for a large number of applications
in general machinery construction.
Power
Module
Control
Unit
Operator
Panel
PM250 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20
PM250 Power Modules are suitable for the same applications as
the PM240. Any braking energy is directly fed back into the line
supply (four-quadrant applications – a braking chopper is not
required).
G_D011_XX_00356
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
Rated
power 1)
Rated
SINAMICS G120
output current PM240 Power Module
2)
Irated
degree of protection IP20, all
CUs pluggable
SINAMICS G120
PM250 Power Module
degree of protection IP20, all
CUs pluggable
Rated
SINAMICS G120
output current PM260 Power Module
2)
Irated
degree of protection IP20, all
CUs pluggable
kW
hp
A
Order No.
Order No.
A
0.37
0.50
1.3
6SL3 224-0BE13-7UA0
–
–
0.55
0.75
1.7
6SL3 224-0BE15-5UA0
–
–
0.75
1.0
2.2
6SL3 224-0BE17-5UA0
–
–
1.1
1.5
3.1
6SL3 224-0BE21-1UA0
–
–
1.5
2.0
4.1
6SL3 224-0BE21-5UA0
–
–
2.2
3.0
5.9
6SL3 224-0BE22-2■A0
–
–
3.0
4.0
7.7
6SL3 224-0BE23-0■A0
–
–
4.0
5.0
10.2
6SL3 224-0BE24-0■A0
–
–
5.5
7.5
13.2
–
–
–
7.5
10
18
6SL3 224-0BE25-5■A0
6SL3 225-0BE25-5AA1
11.0
15
25
6SL3 224-0BE27-5■A0
6SL3 225-0BE27-5AA1
14
6SL3 225-0BH27-5■A1
15.0
20
32
6SL3 224-0BE31-1■A0
6SL3 225-0BE31-1AA1
19
6SL3 225-0BH31-1■A1
18.5
25
38
6SL3 224-0BE31-5■A0
6SL3 225-0BE31-5■A0
23
6SL3 225-0BH31-5■A1
22
30
45
6SL3 224-0BE31-8■A0
6SL3 225-0BE31-8■A0
–
–
30
40
60
6SL3 224-0BE32-2■A0
6SL3 225-0BE32-2■A0
35
6SL3 225-0BH32-2■A1
37
50
75
6SL3 224-0BE33-0■A0
6SL3 225-0BE33-0■A0
42
6SL 3225-0BH33-0■A1
45
60
90
6SL3 224-0BE33-7■A0
6SL3 225-0BE33-7■A0
–
–
55
75
110
6SL3 224-0BE34-5■A0
6SL3 225-0BE34-5■A0
62
6SL3 225-0BH33-7■A1
75
100
145
6SL3 224-0BE35-5■A0
6SL3 225-0BE35-5■A0
–
90
125
178
6SL3 224-0BE37-5■A0
6SL3 225-0BE37-5■A0
–
110
150
205
6SL3 224-0BE38-8UA0
–
–
132
200
250
6SL3 224-0BE41-1UA0
–
–
160
250
302
6SL3 224-0XE41-3UA0
–
–
200
300
370
6SL3 224-0XE41-6UA0
–
–
250
400
477
6SL3 224-0XE42-0UA0
–
–
Order No.
4
–
Integrated line filter
Ç
Ç
Ç
Without (for IT systems)
U
U
U
Class A (for TN systems)
A
A
Class B (for TN systems)
Are not available integrated
Are not available integrated
A
Not supported
Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO).
High overload (HO) see Power Modules, catalog D31 from page 6/32 on.
1)
2)
The LO duty cycle is generally used for applications with square torque characteristic such as for pumps, fans and compressors; the HO duty
cycle for constant torque characteristics, for example conveyor belts.
These current values are applicable for 400 V (for PM230, PM240 and PM250 Power Modules) and for 690 V (for PM260 Power Modules).
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/39
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Selecting optional system components
Power
Module
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Control
Unit
Operator
Panel
Graphic display with bar-type diagrams, e.g. for status values
such as pressure or flowrate.
User-friendly commissioning, diagnostics and local operator
control using a large plain text display, clear menu navigation
and integrated application wizards.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld
A handheld version of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use. In
addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable
batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable.
G_D011_XX_00357
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Menu navigation and 2-line display permit fast and user-friendly
commissioning of the inverter.
Description
Order No.
Operator Panel IOP
6SL3 255-0AA00-4JA0
Simple basic commissioning by simultaneously displaying parameter and parameter value, as well as the option of filtering
parameters.
Operator Panel IOP Handheld 1)
6SL3 255-0AA00-4HA0
Operator Panel BOP-2
6SL3 255-0AA00-4CA1
Door mounting kit for IOP/BOP-2
for IOP/BOP-2
6SL3 256-0AP00-0JA0
Memory cards 2)
Using the optionally available door mounting kit, the IOP/BOP-2
can be mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual
operations (IP54/UL Type 12 degree of protection is achieved).
• SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC)
6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
• SIMATIC memory card (SD card)
6ES7 954-8LB01-0AA0
Memory cards
Brake Relay 1)
6SL3 252-0BB00-0AA0
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC) or SIMATIC memory card
(SD card). When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has
been replaced, the drive system is immediately ready for use
again.
Adapter for mounting on DIN rails
Brake Relay
4
Door mounting kit
1)
• For Power Modules, frame size FSA
6SL3 262-1BA00-0BA0
• For Power Modules, frame size FSB
6SL3 262-1BB00-0BA0
PC inverter connection kit 2
6SL3 255-0AA00-2CA0
Shield connection kits
for PM240 and PM250 Power Modules
The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an
electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor
brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit.
• Frame size FSA
6SL3 262-1AA00-0BA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3 262-1AB00-0DA0
Adapter for mounting on DIN rails
• Frame size FSC
6SL3 262-1AC00-0DA0
The adapter for DIN rail mounting can be used to mount inverters, frame sizes FSA and FSB, on DIN mounting rails (2 units
with a center-to-center distance of 100 mm/3.94 in).
• Frame sizes FSD and FSE
6SL3 262-1AD00-0DA0
• Frame size FSF
6SL3 262-1AF00-0DA0
PC inverter connection kit 2
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool) has
been installed.
The STARTER commissioning tool on DVD-ROM is included in
the scope of delivery of the PC inverter connection kit 2.
Shield connection kit for Power Modules
The shield connection kit makes it easier to connect the shields
of supply and control cables, provides mechanical strain relief
and thus ensures optimum EMC performance.
Shield connection kits
for PM260 Power Modules
• Frame size FSD
6SL3 262-1FD00-0CA0
• Frame size FSF
6SL3 262-1FF00-0CA0
Shield connection kits
for Control Units
• For CU240 . -2
6SL3 264-1EA00-0HA0
STARTER commissioning tool
on DVD-ROM
6SL3 072-0AA00-0AG0
Shield connection kit for Control Units
The shield connection kit offers optimum shield connection and
strain relief for all signal and communication cables. It includes
a matching shield bonding plate and all of the necessary connecting and retaining elements for mounting.
1)
Not possible in conjunction with the PM230 Power Module.
4/40
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
2)
Alternatively, an MMC or an SD card can be used.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Line-side power components
Load-side power components
The following line-side power components are available for
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters:
The following load-side power components are available for the
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters. This means that during
operation with output reactors or sine-wave filters, longer,
shielded motor cables are possible and the motor service life
can be extended:
Line filters
With one of the additional line filters, the Power Module reaches
a higher radio interference class.
Line reactors
(for PM240 Power Modules only)
Line reactors are used to smooth voltage peaks or to bridge
commutating dips.
Line reactors also reduce the effects of harmonics on the
inverter and the line supply.
If the ratio of the rated inverter power to the line supply shortcircuit power is less than 1 %, then it is recommended to use a
line reactor to reduce the current peaks.
Recommended line-side power components
This is a recommendation for additional line-side components,
such as fuses and circuit breakers (line-side components must
be dimensioned in accordance with IEC standards).
Output reactors
(for PM240 and PM250 Power Modules only)
Output reactors reduce the voltage stress on the motor windings. At the same time, the capacitive charging/discharging currents, which place an additional load on the power unit when
long motor cables are used, are reduced.
Sine-wave filters
(not for PM260 Power Modules)
The sine-wave filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the
capacitive charging/discharging currents that usually occur with
inverter operation. An output reactor is not required.
Spare parts
Terminal cover kit
Additional information about the listed fuses and circuit breakers
can be found in Catalogs LV 1 AO, LV 10.1 and IC 10.
The kit includes a replacement cover for the terminals. The kit
can be ordered for PM240/PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes
FSD, FSE and FSF, as well as for the PM260, frame size FSF.
DC link components
PM260 replacement connector
The following DC link components are available for the
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters:
This spare part includes a connector for the input and output
sides of the PM260 Power Module, frame size FSD.
Braking Modules
(only for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX)
SINAMICS G120 PM240 FSGX replacement door
A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are
required to bring drives with a PM240 Power Module, frame
size FSGX, to a controlled standstill in the event of a power
failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY STOP
Category 1) or to limit the DC link voltage during a short period
of generator operation. The Braking Module includes the power
electronics and the associated control circuit.
A complete replacement door can be ordered for the PM240
Power Module, frame size FSGX.
Replacement fan
The Power Module fans are designed for extra long service life.
Replacement fans can be ordered for special applications.
Braking resistors
(for PM240 Power Modules only)
Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistor.
The braking resistors are designed for use with PM240 Power
Modules. They are equipped with an integrated braking chopper
(electronic switch). There is an optional plug-in Braking Module
for frame size FSGX.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/41
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Configuration
The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools
are available for the SINAMICS G120 standard inverters:
Selection guide DT Configurator
The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline mall of Siemens
Industry Automation & Drive Technologies – contains over
100000 products with approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants. The DT Configurator has been developed
to facilitate selection of the optimum motor and/or inverter from
the wide spectrum of drives. It is provided on a DVD-ROM.
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted
commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. In addition to
SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for
MICROMASTER 4 units and the drive converters for the distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200S FC and SIMATIC ET 200pro FC.
SINAMICS StartDrive commissioning tool
In addition, the DT Configurator can be used in the Internet without requiring any installation
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
SINAMICS StartDrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning,
and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated
into the TIA Portal. The engineering tool has been optimized with
regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal
technologies. The two Control Units CU240B-2 DP and
CU240E-2 DP of the SINAMICS G120 standard inverter are
supported in the SINAMICS StartDrive V11 version.
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
Drive ES engineering system
The PC-based SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes
it easy to engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive
families. It provides support when selecting the hardware and
firmware components necessary to implement a drive task.
SIZER for Siemens Drives covers the full range of operations required to configure a complete drive system, from basic single
drives to demanding multi-axis applications.
Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate
the communication, configuration and data management
functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC
automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. The
STEP 7 Manager user interface provides the ideal basis for this.
A variety of software packages are available for SINAMICS –
Drive ES Basic, Drive ES SIMATIC and Drive ES PCS 7.1.
Online DT Configurator
4
4/42
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all the following components of the
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters.
Mechanical specifications
Vibratory load
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
- All units and components with the exception of frame size FSGX
Class 2M3
- Units, frame size FSGX
Class 2M2
• Operation
Test values acc. to EN 60068-2-6
Test Fc:
10 … 58 Hz: Constant deflection 0.075 mm
58 … 200 Hz: Constant acceleration = 9.81 m/s2 (1 × g)
Shock load
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
- All units and components with the exception of frame size FSGX
Class 2M3
- Units, frame size FSGX
Class 2M2
• Operation
Test values acc. to EN 60068-2-27
Test Ea:
- Frame sizes FSA to FSC
147 m/s2 (15 × g)/11 ms
- Frame sizes FSD to FSF
49 m/s2 (5 × g)/30 ms
- Frame size FSGX
98 m/s2 (10 × g)/20 ms
Ambient conditions
Protection class
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
Class I (with protective conductor system) and class III (PELV)
Touch protection
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
For the intended purpose
Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation
for line-side power components and Power Modules
• Low overload (LO)
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without derating
>40 … 60 °C (>104 … 140 °F) see derating characteristics
• High overload (HO)
0 … 50 °C (32 … 122 °F) without derating
(for PM240 frame size FSGX: 0 … 40 °C, 32 … 104 °F),
>50 … 60 °C (>104 … 140 °F) see derating characteristics
Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation
for Control Units, additional system components and DC-link components
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
Exception: CU230P-2: 0 ... 60 °C (32 ... 140 °F)
Up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
4
Climatic ambient conditions
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1
Class 1K3
Temperature -25 … +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
Class 2K4
Temperature -40 … +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Max. air humidity 95 % at 40 °C (104 °F)
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3K5 2)
Condensation, splashwater, and ice formation not permitted (EN 60204,
Part 1)
Environmental class/harmful chemical substances
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1
Class 1C2
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
Class 2C2
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3C2
Organic/biological influences
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1
Class 1B1
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
Class 2B1
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3B1
Degree of pollution
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
2
1)
In transport packaging.
2)
For Intelligent Operator Panel IOP, class 3K3
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/43
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Technical specifications
Standards
Compliance with standards
UL 1), cUL 2), CE, c-tick
CE marking
According to Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive
acc. to EN 61800-3
• Frame sizes FSA to FSGX without integrated line filter class A
Category C3 3)
• Frame sizes FSB to FSF with integrated line filter class A
Category C2 4)
(corresponds to class A acc. to EN 55011
for conducted interference emission)
• Frame size FSA without integrated line filter
and with additional line filter class A
Category C2 4)
(corresponds to class A acc. to EN 55011
for conducted interference emission)
• Frame size FSA with additional line filter class A
and with additional line filter class B
Category C2 4)
(corresponds to class B acc. to EN 55011
for conducted interference emission)
• Frame sizes FSB and FSC with additional line filter class A
and with additional line filter class B
Category C2 4)
(corresponds to class B acc. to EN 55011
for conducted interference emission)
Note:
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which
comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. The frequency inverters on their own do not generally
require identification according to the EMC Directive.
4
1)
2)
3)
4)
UL approval for frame sizes FSD to FSF will be available soon.
Applies to PM240 and PM250 Power Modules.
Unfiltered inverters can be used in industrial environments as long as
they are part of a system that contains line filters on the higher-level
infeed side. As a consequence, a PDS (Power Drive System) can be
installed according to category C3.
With shielded motor cable up to 25 m (82 ft).
4/44
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Technical specifications
Compliance with standards
CE marking
The SINAMICS G120 inverters meet the requirements of the
Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
Low-Voltage Directive
The inverters comply with the following standards listed in the
official journal of the EU:
• EN 60204-1
Safety of machinery, electrical equipment of machines
• EN 61800-5-1
Electrical power drive systems with variable speed – Part 5-1:
Requirements regarding safety – electrical, thermal, and
energy requirements
UL listing
Inverter devices in UL category NMMS certified to UL and cUL,
in compliance with UL508C. UL list numbers E121068 and
E192450. This data is applicable for the PM240 and PM250
Power Modules.
For use in environments with pollution degree 2.
On the Internet at www.ul.com
Machinery Directive
The inverters are suitable for installation in machines.
Compliance with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC requires a
separate certificate of conformity. This must be provided by the
plant construction company or the organization marketing the
machine.
EMC Directive
• EN 61800-3
Variable-speed electric drives
Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for electric drive systems has been valid since July 1, 2005. The transition period for
the predecessor standard EN 61800-3/A11 dated February
2001 ended on October 1, 2007. The following information applies to the Siemens SINAMICS G120 inverters:
• The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply
directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive
System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and
cables in addition to the inverter.
• Frequency inverters are normally only supplied to experts for
installation in machines or systems. A frequency inverter must,
therefore, only be considered as a component which, on its
own, is not subject to the EMC product standard EN 61800-3.
The inverter’s operating instructions, however, specifies the
conditions regarding compliance with the product standard if
the frequency inverter is expanded to become a PDS. For a
PDS, the EMC Directive in the EU is complied with by observing the product standard EN 61800-3 for variable-speed electric drive systems. The frequency inverters on their own do not
generally require identification according to the EMC Directive.
• In the Standard EN 61800-3 of July 2005, a distinction is no
longer made between "general availability" and "restricted
availability". Instead, different categories C1 to C4 have been
defined in accordance with the environment of the PDS at the
operating location:
- Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for
use in the first environment
- Category C2: Stationary drive systems not connected by
means of a plug connector for rated voltages < 1000 V.
When used in the first environment, the system must be
installed and commissioned by personnel familiar with EMC
requirements. A warning note is required.
- Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for
exclusive use in the second environment. A warning note is
required.
- Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages ≥ 1000 V or
for rated currents ≥ 400 A or for use in complex systems in
the second environment. An EMC plan must be created.
• The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 also defines limit values for conducted interference and radiated interference for
the "second environment" (= industrial power supply systems
that do not supply households). These limit values are below
the limit values of filter class A to EN 55011. Unfiltered inverters can be used in industrial environments as long as they are
part of a system that contains line filters on the higher-level
infeed side.
• With SINAMICS G120, Power Drive Systems (PDS) that fulfill
the EMC product standard EN 61800-3 can be configured
when observing the installation instructions in the product
documentation.
• A differentiation must be made between the product standards for electrical drive systems (PDS) of the range of standards EN 61800 (of which Part 3 covers EMC topics) and the
product standards for the devices/systems/machines, etc.
This will probably not result in any changes in the practical use
of frequency inverters. Since frequency inverters are always
part of a PDS and these are part of a machine, the machine
manufacturer must observe various standards depending on
their type and environment (e.g. EN 61000-3-2 for line harmonics and EN 55011 for radio interference). The product
standard for PDS on its own is, therefore, either insufficient or
irrelevant.
• With respect to the compliance with limits for line supply
harmonics, the EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for PDS
refers to compliance with the EN 61000-3-2 and
EN 61000-3-12 standards.
• Regardless of the configuration with SINAMICS G120 and its
components, the machine construction company (OEM) can
also apply other measures to ensure that the machine complies with the EU EMC Directive. The EU EMC Directive is generally fulfilled when the relevant EMC product standards are
observed. If they are not available, the generic standards
(e.g. DIN EN 61000-x-x) can be used instead. It is important
that the conducted and emitted interference at the line
connection point and outside the machine remain below
the relevant limit values. Any suitable technical measures
can be applied to ensure this.
SEMI F47
SEMI F47 is an industry standard relating to the immunity to voltage dips. This includes the requirement that industrial equipment must be able to tolerate defined dips or drops of the line
supply voltage. As a result, industrial equipment that fulfills this
standard is more reliable and productive. In the SINAMICS G120
product family, the PM240 and PM250 Power Modules fulfill the
latest SEMI F47-0706 standard. In the case of a voltage dip
defined in accordance with SEMI F47-0607, these drives either
continue to supply a defined output current, or automatically
restart and continue to operate as expected.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/45
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Overview
Safety Integrated functions
CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units
CU240E-2 DP-F Control Unit
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter.
The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units are designed as
standard Control Units for all of the usual applications involving
V/f or vector control.
• CU240B-2 series with basic I/O quantity structure, ideal for a
large number of applications
• CU240E-2 series with standard I/O quantity structure and integrated safety technology
4
The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units can be operated
with the following Power Modules:
• PM240
• PM250
• PM260
The Safety function "Safe Torque Off" (STO) (certified according
to EN 954-1, Category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2 – as well as
ISO 13849-1 PLd) is already integrated into the basic versions of
the CU240E-2 series (CU240E-2 and CU240E-2 DP). The following extended Safety Integrated functions have been integrated
into the CU240E-2 F and CU240E-2 DP-F Control Units.
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
to protect against active movement of the drive
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
for protection against dangerous movements when a speed
limit is exceeded (CU240E-2 DP-F Control Unit has up to
4 selectable SLS limit values)
• Safe direction (SDI)
This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the
selected direction.
• Safe speed monitoring (SSM)
This function signals if a drive operates below a specific
speed/feed velocity (only CU240E-2 DP-F with PROFIsafe).
All integrated Safety functions can be implemented without
having to use a motor encoder or encoder; implementation costs
are minimal. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology without the need to change the
motor or mechanical system.
The STO function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SDI and SSM functions are only permissible
for applications where the load can never accelerate when the
inverter is switched off. They are therefore not permitted for
applications involving pull-through loads such as hoisting gear
and unwinders.
Additional information is provided in catalog D 31, chapter
Highlights, section Safety Integrated.
■ Selection and ordering data
Technology functions
(selection)
Inputs
Outputs
Integrated
safety technology
Digital inputs,
fail-safe
Communication
Designation
Control Unit
Order No.
CU240 series – for standard applications in general machinery construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders
• Free function blocks
(FFB)
• 1 x PID controller
• Motor holding brake
6 digital
2 analog
3 digital
2 analog
STO
STO, SS1,
SLS, SSM,
SDI
4/46
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
1 F-DI
(opt. for each
2 DI)
RS485/USS /
Modbus RTU
CU240E-2
6SL3 244-0BB12-1BA1
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 DP
6SL3 244-0BB12-1PA1
3 F-DI
(opt. for each
2 DI)
RS485/USS /
Modbus RTU
CU240E-2 -F
6SL3 244-0BB13-1BA1
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 DP-F
6SL3 244-0BB13-1PA1
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Design
CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2-F and CU240E-2 DP-F Control Units
Terminal No.
Signal
Features
Analog inputs (AI)
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
10
AI1+
11
AI1-
Differential input, switchable between
current, voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Differential input, switchable between
current, voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Analog outputs (AO)
12
AO0+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
13
AO0-
Reference potential of the AO0/internal
electronics ground
26
AO1+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
27
AO1-
Reference potential of the AO1/internal
electronics ground
CU240E-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers
Terminal No.
Signal
Features
Digital inputs (DI) – Standard
Motor temperature sensor interface
5 … 8,
16, 17
DI0 … DI5
Freely programmable (isolated)
5.5 mA/24 V
14
T1 motor
69
DI COM1
Reference potential for digital inputs
0, 2, 4, 6
Positive input for motor temperature
sensor
Type: PTC, KTY sensor, Thermo-Click
15
T2 motor
34
DI COM2
Reference potential for digital inputs
1, 3, 5, 7
Negative input for motor temperature
sensor
Power supply
9
+24 V OUT
Power supply output
24 V DC, max. 200 mA
28
GND
Reference potential of the power
supply/internal electronics ground
1
+10 V OUT
Power supply output
10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA
2
GND
Reference potential of the power
supply/internal electronics ground
31
+24 V IN
Power supply input
18 ... 30 V DC, max. 1500 mA
32
GND IN
Reference potential of the power supply
input
Digital inputs (DI) – Fail-safe
(formed from two standard inputs using the appropriate parameter
setting)
16, 17
F-DI0
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels
(redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA /
24 V
The following are only available for CU240E-2 F and CU240E-2 DP-F
5, 6
F-DI1
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels
(redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA /
24 V
7, 8
F-DI2
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels
(redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA /
24 V
Digital outputs (DO)
18
DO0, NC
Relay output DO0
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
19
DO0, NO
Relay output DO0
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
20
DO0, COM
Relay output DO0
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
21
DO1+
Transistor output DO1
Positive (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
22
DO1-
Transistor output DO1
Negative (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
23
DO2, NC
Relay output DO2
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
24
DO2, NO
Relay output DO2
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
25
DO2, COM
Relay output DO2
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/47
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
Electrical specifications
24 V DC via the Power Module or by
connecting to an external
18 ... 30 V DC power supply
Current consumption, max.
0.5 A
Protective insulation
PELV according to EN 50178
Protective separation from the line
supply using double/reinforced insulation
Power loss
<5.5 W
Interfaces
6 isolated inputs
Optically isolated, free reference
potential (own potential group), max.
input current 15 mA
NPN/PNP logic can be selected
using the wiring
Switching level: 0 → 1: 11 V
Switching level: 1 → 0: 5 V
Digital inputs – Fail-safe
1 (use of 2 × DI standard)
Max. 3 (use of 6 × DI standard) for
CU240E-2 F and CU240E-2 DP-F
Digital outputs
1 transistor
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
2 relay change-over contacts
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
Analog inputs – Standard
2 differential inputs
Switchable using DIP switch
between voltage and current:
-10 ... +10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA, 10-bit
resolution
The differential analog inputs can be
configured as additional digital
inputs.
Switching thresholds:
0 → 1: Rated voltage 4 V
1 → 0: Rated voltage 1.6 V
Analog inputs are protected against
inputs in a voltage range of ± 30 V
and have a common-mode voltage
in the ± 15 V range
4
Analog inputs – Expanded
–
Analog outputs
2 non-isolated outputs
Switchable between voltage and
current using parameter setting:
0 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Voltage mode: 10 V, min. burden
10 kΩ
Current mode: 20 mA, max. burden
500 Ω
The analog outputs have short circuit
protection
PTC/KTY interface
1 motor temperature sensor input,
sensors that can be connected: PTC,
KTY and Thermo-Click,
accuracy ±5 °C
Removable terminal connector ✓
for I/O interface
4/48
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
Integrated bus interface
Operating voltage
Digital inputs – Standard
Control Unit
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
USS/Modbus RTU
RS485 connected at a terminal,
isolated, bus terminating resistors can be switched in, slave
address can be set using DIP
switches
USS: max. 187.5 kBaud
Modbus RTU:19.2 kBaud
CU240E-2
6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1
PROFIBUS DP
9-pin SUB-D connector, isolated,
PROFIdrive profile V4.1,
slave address can be set using
DIP switches
Max. 12 Mbit/s
CU240E-2 DP
6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1
CU240E-2 F
6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1
CU240E-2 DP-F
6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1
Tool interfaces
Memory card
1 SINAMICS micro memory card
(MMC) or 1 SIMATIC memory card
(SD card)
Operator panels
• IOP
Supported connection options between CU230P-2 and IOP:
can be directly plugged on, door
mounting or handheld (IOP Handheld not possible in combination
with PM230)
• BOP-2
Supported connection options between CU230P-2 and BOP-2:
can be directly plugged on or doormounted
PC interface
USB (connection via PC inverter
connection kit 2)
Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques
V/f linear/square/
parameterizable
✓
V/f with flux current control
(FCC)
✓
V/f ECO linear/square
✓
Vector control, sensorless
✓
Vector control, with sensor
–
Torque control, sensorless
✓
Torque control, with sensor
–
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
Software functions
Control Unit
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
Software functions
Application macro
✓
Thermal inverter protection
✓
Setpoint input, can be
parameterized
✓
Motor identification
✓
Motor holding brake
✓
Fixed frequencies
16, parameterizable
JOG
✓
Digital motorized potentiometer (MOP)
✓
Kinetic buffering
(Vdcmin controller)
Ramp smoothing
✓
Extended ramp-function generator (with ramp smoothing
Off3)
✓
Slip compensation
✓
Braking functions for PM240
✓
• DC braking
• Compound braking
• Dynamic braking with integrated braking chopper
Signal interconnection with
BICO technology
✓
Trace
✓
Energy saving display
✓
Switchable drive data sets
(DDS)
✓ (4)
Switchable command data
sets (CDS)
✓ (4)
Free function blocks (FFB) for ✓
logical and arithmetic operations
Auto-ramping (Vdcmax control- ✓
ler)
Braking functions for
PM250/PM250-2
Regenerative feedback
✓
✓
Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions
Degree of protection
IP20
Signal cable cross-section
• Min.
0.05 mm2 (AWG30)
• Max.
1.5 mm2 (AWG16)
Operating temperature
0 ... 50 °C
(32 ... 122 °F)
Technology controller
(internal PID)
✓
Storage temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
(-40 ... +158 °F)
Flying restart
✓
Relative humidity
Automatic restart after line
supply failure or operating
fault (AR)
✓
<95 % RH,
condensation not permissible
Thermal motor protection
✓
(I2t, sensor: PTC/KTY/Thermo-Click)
4
Dimensions
• Width
73 mm (2.87 in)
• Height
199 mm (7.83 in)
• Depth
46 mm (1.81 in)
Weight, approx.
0.49 kg (1.08 lb)
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/49
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM240 Power Modules – 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp), IP20 degree of protection
PM240 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSGX
PM240 Power Modules have a braking chopper (four-quadrant
applications) and are suitable for a large number of applications
in general machinery construction.
4
The braking chopper is already integrated in frame sizes FSA up
to FSF. For frame size FSGX, an optional pluggable Braking
Module can be ordered (see DC link components).
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited. Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see load-side power components).
Line reactors are available to minimize line harmonics as well as
voltage and current peaks (see line-side components).
Frame size FSA of the PM240 Power Module is available only
without integrated line filter class A. A base filter is therefore
available so that class A can be achieved. A class B base filter
is also available so that class B can be achieved (see line-side
components).
Frame sizes FSB and FSC of the PM240 Power Module are available both with and without integrated line filter to class A. To
achieve class B, PM240 Power Modules with integrated line filter
class A must be additionally equipped with a base filter class B
(see line-side components).
The PM240 Power Module is suitable for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be
transformed into a Safety Integrated drive (see Control Units).
Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are suitable for
connection to TN systems. Power Modules without integrated
line filter can be connected to grounded TN/TT systems and
non-grounded IT systems.
4/50
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM250 Power Modules – 7.5 kW to 75 kW (10 hp to 100 hp), IP20 degree of protection
PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
PM250 Power Modules are suitable for many applications in
general machinery construction, the same as for the PM240. Any
braking energy is directly fed back into the line supply (four
quadrant applications – a braking chopper is not required).
The PM250 Power Module features an absolutely unique technology – Efficient Infeed Technology. This feature provides the
ability to feed energy back into the supply system in the generator mode (electronic braking) so that the energy is not wasted
in a braking resistor. This saves space in the control cabinet. The
time-consuming process of dimensioning the braking resistor
and the expense of the extra wiring are eliminated. Furthermore,
heat losses in the control cabinet are reduced.
Additional information is included in catalog D 31, chapter
Highlights, section Efficient Infeed Technology.
Further, the innovative circuit design reduces the line harmonics.
There is no need to use an optional line reactor at the supply
infeed. This saves space and costs for engineering and procurement.
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited. Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see load-side power components).
Frame sizes FSD to FSF of the PM250 Power Modules are available both with as well as without integrated line filter class A.
For frame size FSC of the PM250 Power Module with an integrated line filter class A, an additional base filter class B is available for achieving class B (see line-side components).
The PM250 Power Module is also designed for safety-oriented
applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive
can be transformed into a Safety Integrated drive (see Control
Units).
The PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are
suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules
without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded
TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/51
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM260 Power Modules – 11 kW to 55 kW (15 hp to 75 hp),
IP20 degree of protection
The innovative circuit design used in Efficient Infeed Technology
reduces the line harmonics. There is no need to use an optional
line reactor at the supply infeed. This saves space and costs for
engineering and procurement.
The PM260 Power Modules are also characterized by a higher
rated pulse frequency combined with a high efficiency and an integrated sine-wave filter. The integrated sine-wave filter ensures
that the inverter output current is sinusoidal and supports cable
lengths of up to 200 m (656 ft) shielded and 300 m (984 ft) unshielded. An output reactor is therefore not required. Furthermore, lower bearing currents flow and there is a lower voltage
stress that reduces the overall stress on the motor.
The use of SiC free-wheeling diodes – an absolutely unique innovation – makes the PM260 Power Module extremely compact.
It is also highly resistant to thermal loading and operates very
quietly as a result of the high clock frequencies.
Standard motors can be used in conjunction with the PM260
Power Module. The winding system insulation strength does not
have to be increased.
The PM260 Power Module is suitable for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be
transformed into a Safety Integrated drive (see Control Units).
PM260 Power Module, frame size FSD
PM260 Power Modules have been designed for applications
from 500 V to 690 V. They are capable of energy recovery and
include a sine-wave filter to reduce the stress on the motor and
for long cable lengths.
4
The PM260 Power Module features an absolutely unique technology – Efficient Infeed Technology. This feature provides the
ability to feed energy back into the supply system in the generator mode (electronic braking) so that the energy is not wasted
in a braking resistor. This saves space in the control cabinet. The
time-consuming process of dimensioning the braking resistor
and the expense of the extra wiring are eliminated. Furthermore,
heat losses in the control cabinet are reduced.
Additional information is included in catalog D 31, chapter
Highlights, section Efficient Infeed Technology.
4/52
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
The PM260 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are
suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules
without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded
TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems.
Customer benefits
Low switching losses at high fundamental frequency
7 High speeds possible
7 Quiet operation thanks to the 16 kHz pulse frequency
7 High thermal load capacity (small heat sinks)
7 Very compact units
7 Increased ruggedness
7 High efficiency
7 Low forward losses
7 Integrated sine-wave filter, so that long unshielded cables can
be used
7 Can be used with motors without a special insulation
7 Very low bearing currents, no bearing insulation requiredg
7
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Selection and ordering data
To ensure that a suitable Power Module is selected, the following
currents should be used for applications:
• Rated output current for applications with low overload (LO)
• Base load current for applications with high overload (HO)
With reference to the rated output current, the modules support
at least 2-pole to 6-pole low-voltage motors, e.g. the new 1LE1
motor series. The rated power is merely a guide value. For a
description of the overload performance, please refer to the
general technical specifications of the Power Modules.
PM250 Power Modules
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
Rated output
current Irated 2)
Power based on the Base load
base load current 3) current IH 3)
A
kW
hp
Frame size PM250 Power Module
without integrated
line filter
A
PM250 Power Module
with integrated
line filter class A
Order No.
Order No.
380 … 480 V 3 AC
7.5
10
18
5.5
13.2
FSC
–
6SL3 225-0BE25-5AA1
11.0
15
25
7.5
10
7.5
19
FSC
–
6SL3 225-0BE27-5AA1
15.0
20
32
11.0
15
26
FSC
–
6SL3 225-0BE31-1AA1
18.5
25
38
15.0
20
32
FSD
6SL3 225-0BE31-5UA0
6SL3 225-0BE31-5AA0
22
30
45
18.5
25
38
FSD
6SL3 225-0BE31-8UA0
6SL3 225-0BE31-8AA0
30
40
60
22
30
45
FSD
6SL3 225-0BE32-2UA0
6SL3 225-0BE32-2AA0
37
50
75
30
40
60
FSE
6SL3 225-0BE33-0UA0
6SL3 225-0BE33-0AA0
45
60
90
37
50
75
FSE
6SL3 225-0BE33-7UA0
6SL3 225-0BE33-7AA0
55
75
110
45
60
90
FSF
6SL3 225-0BE34-5UA0
6SL3 225-0BE34-5AA0
75
100
145
55
75
110
FSF
6SL3 225-0BE35-5UA0
6SL3 225-0BE35-5AA0
90
125
178
75
100
145
FSF
6SL3 225-0BE37-5UA0
6SL3 225-0BE37-5AA0
4
1)
2)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
3)
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/53
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Selection and ordering data
PM240 Power Modules
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
Rated output
current Irated 2)
Power based on the Base load
base load current 3) current IH 3)
A
kW
hp
Frame size PM240 Power Module
without integrated
line filter
A
PM240 Power Module
with integrated
line filter class A
Order No.
Order No.
380 … 480 V 3 AC
4
0.37
0.50
1.3
0.37
0.50
1.3
FSA
6SL3 224-0BE13-7UA0
–
0.55
0.75
1.7
0.55
0.75
1.7
FSA
6SL3 224-0BE15-5UA0
–
0.75
1.0
2.2
0.75
1.0
2.2
FSA
6SL3 224-0BE17-5UA0
–
1.1
1.5
3.1
1.1
1.5
3.1
FSA
6SL3 224-0BE21-1UA0
–
1.5
2.0
4.1
1.5
2.0
4.1
FSA
6SL3 224-0BE21-5UA0
–
2.2
3.0
5.9
2.2
3.0
5.9
FSB
6SL3 224-0BE22-2UA0
6SL3 224-0BE22-2AA0
3.0
4.0
7.7
3.0
4.0
7.7
FSB
6SL3 224-0BE23-0UA0
6SL3 224-0BE23-0AA0
4.0
5.0
10.2
4.0
5.0
10.2
FSB
6SL3 224-0BE24-0UA0
6SL3 224-0BE24-0AA0
7.5
13.2
FSC
6SL3 224-0BE25-5UA0
6SL3 224-0BE25-5AA0
7.5
10
18
5.5
11.0
15
25
7.5
10
19
FSC
6SL3 224-0BE27-5UA0
6SL3 224-0BE27-5AA0
15.0
20
32
11.0
15
26
FSC
6SL3 224-0BE31-1UA0
6SL3 224-0BE31-1AA0
18.5
25
38
15.0
20
32
FSD
6SL3 224-0BE31-5UA0
6SL3 224-0BE31-5AA0
22
30
45
18.5
25
38
FSD
6SL3 224-0BE31-8UA0
6SL3 224-0BE31-8AA0
30
40
60
22
30
45
FSD
6SL3 224-0BE32-2UA0
6SL3 224-0BE32-2AA0
37
50
75
30
40
60
FSE
6SL3 224-0BE33-0UA0
6SL3 224-0BE33-0AA0
45
60
90
37
50
75
FSE
6SL3 224-0BE33-7UA0
6SL3 224-0BE33-7AA0
55
75
110
45
60
90
FSF
6SL3 224-0BE34-5UA0
6SL3 224-0BE34-5AA0
75
100
145
55
75
110
FSF
6SL3 224-0BE35-5UA0
6SL3 224-0BE35-5AA0
90
125
178
75
100
145
FSF
6SL3 224-0BE37-5UA0
6SL3 224-0BE37-5AA0
110
150
205
90
125
178
FSF
6SL3 224-0BE38-8UA0
–
132
200
250
110
150
205
FSF
6SL3 224-0BE41-1UA0
–
160
250
302
132
200
250
FSGX
6SL3 224-0XE41-3UA0
–
200
300
370
160
250
302
FSGX
6SL3 224-0XE41-6UA0
–
250
400
477
200
300
370
FSGX
6SL3 224-0XE42-0UA0
–
PM260 Power Modules
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
Rated output
current Irated 4)
Power based on the Base load
base load current 3) current IH 3)
A
kW
hp
A
Frame size PM260 Power Module
without integrated
line filter
PM260 Power Module
with integrated
line filter class A
Order No.
Order No.
500 … 690 V 3 AC
11.0
15
14
7.5
10
10
FSD
6SL3 225-0BH27-5UA1
6SL3 225-0BH27-5AA1
15.0
20
19
11
15
14
FSD
6SL3 225-0BH31-1UA1
6SL3 225-0BH31-1AA1
18.5
25
23
15
20
19
FSD
6SL3 225-0BH31-5UA1
6SL3 225-0BH31-5AA1
30
40
35
22
30
26
FSF
6SL3 225-0BH32-2UA1
6SL3 225-0BH32-2AA1
37
50
42
30
40
35
FSF
6SL3 225-0BH33-0UA1
6SL3 225-0BH33-0AA1
55
75
62
37
50
42
FSF
6SL3 225-0BH33-7UA1
6SL3 225-0BH33-7AA1
1)
2)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
4/54
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3)
4)
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 690 V and are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
General design information
Inverter chassis unit
Base components
SINAMICS G120
e. g.
Reactor
Position
1
Position
2
Mounting
surface or
cabinet wall
PM
G_D011_EN_00187
CU
e. g.
Filter
• A maximum of two base components plus inverter are
possible.
• If at all possible, the line filter should be mounted directly
below the inverter (position 1).
• With lateral mounting, the line-side components have to be
mounted on the left side of the inverter,
and the load-side components on the right side.
• Braking resistors have to be mounted directly on the control
cabinet wall due to heating issues.
• This mounting type is always used for the PM240 and PM250
built-in units.
Inverter comprising a Power Module (PM) and a Control Unit (CU) and
two base components at position 1 and position 2 (side view)
Recommended installation combinations of the inverter and optional power and DC link components
Power Module
Base
Frame size
Position 1
Position 2
Left of the inverter
(for line-side power
components)
Right of the inverter
(for load-side power
components and
DC link components)
FSA
Line filter
Line reactor
–
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
Line filter or
line reactor
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter
–
Braking resistor
Line filter or
line reactor
Braking resistor
–
–
Line filter or
line reactor or
braking resistor
–
–
–
Line filter
Line reactor
–
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
Line filter or
line reactor
Output reactor
–
Braking resistor
Line filter or
line reactor
Braking resistor
–
–
Line filter or
line reactor or
braking resistor
or sine-wave filter
–
–
–
Line filter
Line reactor
–
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
Line filter or
line reactor
Output reactor
–
Braking resistor
FSD and FSE
Line reactor
–
Line filter
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
FSF
–
–
Line filter and/or
line reactor
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
FSGX
–
–
Line filter and/or
line reactor
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
FSA and FSB
FSC
Lateral mounting
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4
4/55
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
Maximum permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output reactors or sine-wave filters depending
on the voltage range and the Power Module being used
The following load-side power components in the appropriate frame sizes are optionally available for the Power Modules and result
in the following maximum cable lengths:
Maximum permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) in m (ft)
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
PM240 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
✓
Without output reactor/sine-wave filter 50/100
(164/328)
FSGX
without integrated
braking chopper
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
100/100
(328/328)
150/150
(492/492)
300/450
(984/1476)
With optional output reactor
• At 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
300/340
(984/1116)
• At 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
100/150
(328/492)
100/150
(328/492)
100/150
(328/492)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
300/340
(984/1116)
• At 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
300/340
(984/1116)
• At 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
300/340
(984/1116)
With optional sine-wave filter
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
Without output reactor/sine-wave filter –
–
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
–
Available frame sizes
With optional output reactor
4
• At 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
–
–
150/225
(492/738)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
• At 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
–
–
100/150
(328/492)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
• At 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
–
–
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
• At 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
–
–
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
With optional sine-wave filter
PM260 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery and integrated sine-wave filter
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
✓
–
✓
–
–
–
–
200/300
(656/984)
–
200/300
(656/984)
–
With integrated sine-wave filter
• At 500 ... 690 V 3 AC ±10 %
4/56
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Power Modules
PM240
PM250
PM260
System operating voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
500 … 690 V 3 AC ±10 %
For operation with 500 V
-10 % linearly reduced –
see derating characteristics
Line supply requirements
Line short circuit voltage uK
For uK < 1 %, a line reactor is recom- uK < 1 %
mended
uK < 1 %
Input frequency
47 … 63 Hz
47 … 63 Hz
47 … 63 Hz
• Control type V/f
0 … 650 Hz
0 … 650 Hz
0 … 200 Hz
• Control type Vector
0 … 200 Hz
0 … 200 Hz
0 … 200 Hz
Pulse frequency
Up to 75 kW HO: 4 kHz
From 90 kW HO: 2 kHz
Higher pulse frequencies up to
16 kHz, see derating data
4 kHz (standard)
Higher pulse frequencies up to
16 kHz, see derating data
16 kHz (standard)
Power factor
0.7 ... 0.85
0.9
0.95
cos ϕ
0.95
1.05
1.05
Inverter efficiency
95 ... 98 %
95 ... 97 %
95 ... 97 %
Output voltage, max.
0 ... 95 % of input voltage
0 ... 87 % of input voltage
0 ... 87 % of input voltage
• Low overload
(LO)
1.1 × rated output current
(i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s with a
cycle time of 300 s
1.5 × rated output current
(i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s with a
cycle time of 300 s
1.1 × rated output current
(i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s with a
cycle time of 300 s
1.5 × rated output current
(i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s with a
cycle time of 300 s
1.1 x rated output current (i.e. 110 %
overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of
300 s
1.4 × rated output current (i.e. 140 %
overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of
300 s
• High overload
(HO)
Up to 75 kW (HO):
1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 %
overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of
300 s
2 × rated output current (i.e. 200 %
overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of
300 s
From 90 kW (HO):
1.36 x rated output current (i.e.
136 % overload) for 57 s with a cycle
time of 300 s
1.6 × rated output current (i.e. 160 %
overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of
300 s
1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 %
overload) for 57 s with a cycle time of
300 s
2 × rated output current (i.e. 200 %
overload) for 3 s with a cycle time of
300 s
1.5 x rated output current
(i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s with a
cycle time of 300 s
2 × rated output current
(i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s with a
cycle time of 300 s
Optional line filter class A or B acc.
to EN 55011 is available
Optional line filter class A acc. to
EN 55011 is available
Output frequency
Overload capability
Electromagnetic compatibility Optional line filter class A or B acc.
to EN 55011 is available
Possible braking methods
DC braking
Compound braking
Dynamic braking with integrated
braking chopper (optional for frame
size FSGX)
Regenerative feedback in generator Regenerative feedback in generator
mode
mode
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/57
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Power Modules
PM240
PM250
PM260
• Low overload
(LO)
Frame sizes FSA to FSF:
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without
derating
>40 … 60 °C (>104 … 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame size FSGX:
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without
derating
>40 … 55 °C
(>104 … 131 °F) see derating
characteristics
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without
derating
>40 … 60 °C (>104 … 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without
derating
>40 … 60 °C (>104 … 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
• High overload
(HO)
Frame sizes FSA to FSF:
0 … 50 °C (32 … 122 °F) without
derating
>50 … 60 °C (>122 … 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame size FSGX:
0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without
derating
>40 … 55 °C
(>104 … 131 °F) see derating
characteristics
0 … 50 °C (32 … 122 °F) without
derating
>50 … 60 °C (>122 … 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
0 … 50 °C (32 … 122 °F) without
derating
>50 … 60 °C (>122 … 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
-40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
Relative humidity
<95 % RH, condensation not permissible
Cooling
Internal ventilation, power units with Internal ventilation, power units with Internal ventilation, power units with
increased air cooling by built-in fans increased air cooling by built-in fans increased air cooling by built-in fans
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level without power reduction,
> 1000 m (3281 ft) see derating characteristics
Protection functions
• Undervoltage
• Overvoltage
• Overcontrol/overload
• Ground fault
• Short circuit
• Stall protection
• Motor blocking protection
• Motor overtemperature
• Inverter overtemperature
• Parameter locking
Standard SCCR (Short Circuit
Current Rating) 1)
65 kA
Frame size FSC 10 kA
Frame sizes FSD up to FSF 42 kA
42 kA
Compliance with standards
UL, cUL, CE, c-tick,
SEMI F47
UL, cUL, CE, c-tick
CE
CE marking
According to Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
4
1)
2)
Applies to industrial control cabinet installations to
NEC article 409/UL 508A.
UL approval for frame sizes FSD to FSF will be available soon.
4/58
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM240 Power Modules
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM240 Power Modules
6SL3 224-
Without integrated line filter
0BE13-7UA0
0BE15-5UA0
0BE17-5UA0
0BE21-1UA0
0BE21-5UA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
• Base load current IL1)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
IH2)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
A
2.6
3.4
4.4
6.2
8.2
• Base load current
• Imax
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1.0)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2.0)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1.0)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2.0)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.09
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.11
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<45
<45
<45
<45
<45
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
Rated input current 3)
• With line reactor
A
1.4
1.8
2.3
3.2
4.3
• Without line reactor
A
1.7
2.1
2.6
3.9
4.9
Length of cable to braking
resistor, max.
m (ft)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
1 … 2.5
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
DC link connection,
connection for the braking
resistor
DCP/R1, DCN, R2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
On housing with M4 On housing with M4 On housing with M4 On housing with M4 On housing with M4
screw
screw
screw
screw
screw
PE connection
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
100 (328)
50 (164)
100 (328)
50 (164)
100 (328)
50 (164)
100 (328)
50 (164)
100 (328)
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
• Height
mm (in)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
• Depth
- Without Control Unit
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
mm (in)
145 (5.71)
210 (8.27)
145 (5.71)
210 (8.27)
145 (5.71)
210 (8.27)
145 (5.71)
210 (8.27)
145 (5.71)
210 (8.27)
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
1.1 (2.43)
1.1 (2.43)
1.1 (2.43)
1.1 (2.43)
1.1 (2.43)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for rated power loading (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without
line reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/59
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM240 Power Modules
6SL3 224-...
Without integrated line filter
0BE22-2UA0
0BE23-0UA0
0BE24-0UA0
0BE25-5UA0
0BE27-5UA0
With integrated line filter
0BE22-2AA0
0BE23-0AA0
0BE24-0AA0
0BE25-5AA0
0BE27-5AA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
5.9
7.7
10.2
18
25
• Base load current IL1)
A
5.9
7.7
10.2
18
25
• Base load current IH2)
A
5.9
7.7
10.2
13.2
19
• Imax
A
11.8
15.4
20.4
26.4
38
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
2.2 (3.0)
3 (4)
4 (5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
2.2 (3.0)
3 (4)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
0.95
0.95
0.95
0.95
0.95
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.24
0.30
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.024 (0.85)
0.024 (0.85)
0.024 (0.85)
0.055 (1.94)
0.055 (1.94)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<50
<50
<50
<60
<60
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
Rated input current 3)
• With line reactor
A
6.1
8
10.4
18.7
26
• Without line reactor
A
7.6
10.2
13.4
21.9
31.5
Length of cable to braking
resistor, max.
m (ft)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1…6
1…6
1…6
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1…6
1…6
1…6
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1…6
1…6
1…6
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
4
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
DC link connection,
connection for the braking
resistor
DCP/R1, DCN, R2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
On housing with M5 On housing with M5 On housing with M5 On housing with M5 On housing with M5
screw
screw
screw
screw
screw
PE connection
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
153 (6.02)
153 (6.02)
153 (6.02)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
• Height
mm (in)
270 (10.63)
270 (10.63)
270 (10.63)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
- Without Control Unit
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
185 (7.28)
185 (7.28)
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
230 (9.06)
230 (9.06)
230 (9.06)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
FSB
FSB
FSB
FSC
FSC
4 (8.8)
4 (8.8)
4 (8.8)
7 (15.4)
7 (15.4)
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
4/60
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for rated power loading (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without
line reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
Without integrated line filter
With integrated line filter
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
• Base load current IL1)
• Base load current IH2)
• Imax
Rated power
• Based on IL
• Based on IH
Rated pulse frequency
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
Cooling air requirement
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
Rated input current 3)
• With line reactor
• Without line reactor
Length of cable to braking
resistor, max.
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
DC link connection,
connection for the braking
resistor
DCP/R1, DCN, R2
• Conductor cross-section
PE connection
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
• Unshielded
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
- Without integrated line
filter
- With integrated line filter
• Depth
- Without Control Unit
- With Control Unit
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
• With integrated line filter
1)
2)
3)
PM240 Power Modules
6SL3 224-...
0BE31-1UA0
0BE31-5UA0
0BE31-1AA0
0BE31-5AA0
0BE31-8UA0
0BE31-8AA0
0BE32-2UA0
0BE32-2AA0
0BE33-0UA0
0BE33-0AA0
A
A
A
A
32
32
26
52
38
38
32
64
45
45
38
76
60
60
45
90
75
75
60
124
kW (hp)
kW (hp)
kHz
15 (20)
11 (15)
4
>0.97
0.4
18.5 (25)
15 (20)
4
>0.97
0.42
22 (30)
18.5 (25)
4
>0.97
0.52
30 (40)
22 (30)
4
>0.97
0.69
37 (50)
30 (40)
4
>0.97
0.99
m3/s
(ft3/s)
dB
0.055 (1.94)
0.055 (1.94)
0.055 (1.94)
0.055 (1.94)
0.055 (1.94)
<60
<60
<60
<61
<60
A
1
1
1
1
1
A
A
m (ft)
33
39
15 (49)
40
46
15 (49)
47
53
15 (49)
63
72
15 (49)
78
88
15 (49)
Screw terminals
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
mm2
2.5 … 10
Screw terminals
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
mm2
2.5 … 10
Screw terminals
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
mm2
2.5 … 10
10 … 50
10 … 50
10 … 50
10 … 50
On housing with M5 On housing with M6 On housing with M6 On housing with M6 On housing with M6
screw
screw
screw
screw
screw
m (ft)
m (ft)
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
mm (in)
189 (7.44)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
mm (in)
334 (13.15)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
499 (19.65)
mm (in)
334 (13.15)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
635 (25.0)
mm (in)
mm (in)
185 (7.28)
250 (9.84)
FSC
204 (8.03)
260 (10.24)
FSD
204 (8.03)
260 (10.24)
FSD
204 (8.03)
260 (10.24)
FSD
204 (8.03)
260 (10.24)
FSE
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
7 (15.4)
7 (15.4)
13 (28.7)
16 (35.3)
13 (28.7)
16 (35.3)
13 (28.7)
16 (35.3)
16 (35.3)
23 (50.7)
kW
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for rated power loading (based on Irated) for a line
4)
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without
line reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/61
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
Without integrated line filter
With integrated line filter
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
• Base load current IL1)
• Base load current IH2)
• Imax
Rated power
• Based on IL
• Based on IH
Rated pulse frequency
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
Cooling air requirement
4
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
Rated input current 3)
• With line reactor
• Without line reactor
Length of cable to braking
resistor, max.
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
DC link connection,
connection for the braking
resistor
DCP/R1, DCN, R2
• Conductor cross-section
PE connection
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
• Unshielded
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
- Without integrated line
filter
- With integrated line filter
• Depth
- Without Control Unit
- With Control Unit
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
• With integrated line filter
1)
2)
3)
PM240 Power Modules
6SL3 224-...
0BE33-7UA0
0BE34-5UA0
0BE33-7AA0
0BE34-5AA0
0BE35-5UA0
0BE35-5AA0
0BE37-5UA0
0BE37-5AA0
0BE38-8UA0
–
0BE41-1UA0
–
A
A
A
A
90
90
75
150
110
110
90
180
145
145
110
220
178
178
145
290
205
205
178
308
250
250
205
375
kW (hp)
kW (hp)
kHz
45 (60)
37 (50)
4
>0.97
1.21
55 (75)
45 (60)
4
>0.97
1.42
75 (100)
55 (75)
4
>0.97
1.93
90 (125)
75 (100)
4
>0.97
2.31
110 (150)
90 (125)
2
>0.97
2.43
132 (200)
110 (150)
2
>0.97
2.53
kW
m3/s
(ft3/s)
dB
2 × 0.055 (1.94) 0.15 (5.3)
0.15 (5.3)
0.15 (5.3)
0.15 (5.3)
0.15 (5.3)
<62
<60
<60
<65
<65
<65
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
A
m (ft)
94
105
15 (49)
115
129
15 (49)
151
168
15 (49)
186
204
15 (49)
210
245
15 (49)
250
299
15 (49)
M6 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
mm2
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
mm2
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
25 … 120
M8 screw stud
mm2
10 … 50
25 … 120
25 … 120
25 … 120
25 … 120
25 … 120
On housing with On housing with On housing with On housing with On housing with On housing with
M6 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
m (ft)
m (ft)
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
50 (164)
100 (328)
IP20
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
mm (in)
499 (19.65)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
mm (in)
635 (25.0)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
–
–
mm (in)
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
260 (10.24)
FSE
316 (12.44)
372 (14.65)
FSF
316 (12.44)
372 (14.65)
FSF
316 (12.44)
372 (14.65)
FSF
316 (12.44)
372 (14.65)
FSF
316 (12.44)
372 (14.65)
FSF
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
16 (35.3)
23 (50.7)
36 (79.4)
52 (115)
36 (79.4)
52 (115)
36 (79.4)
52 (115)
39 (86)
–
39 (86)
–
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for rated power loading (based on Irated) for a line
4/62
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4)
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without
line reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM240 Power Modules
6SL3 224-...
Without integrated line filter
0XE41-3UA0
0XE41-6UA0
0XE42-0UA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
302
370
477
• Base load current IL1)
A
302
370
477
• Base load current IH2)
A
250
302
370
• Imax
A
400
483
592
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
160 (250)
200 (300)
250 (400)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
132 (200)
160 (215)
200 (300)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
2
2
2
>0.98
>0.98
>0.98
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
3.9
4.4
5.5
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.36 (12.7)
0.36 (12.7)
0.36 (12.7)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<69
<69
<69
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• With line reactor
A
245
297
354
• Without line reactor
A
297
354
442
Length of cable to braking
resistor, max.
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
On housing with M10 screw
On housing with M10 screw
On housing with M10 screw
Rated input current 3)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
4
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
326 (12.83)
326 (12.83)
326 (12.83)
• Height
mm (in)
1533 (60.35)
1533 (60.35)
1533 (60.35)
• Depth
mm (in)
547 (21.54)
547 (21.54)
547 (21.54)
FSGX
FSGX
FSGX
174 (384)
174 (384)
174 (384)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for rated power loading (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without
line reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/63
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM250 Power Modules
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Modules
6SL3 225-...
With integrated line filter
0BE25-5AA1
0BE27-5AA1
0BE31-1AA1
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
18
25
32
1)
A
18
25
32
• Base load current IH2)
A
13.2
19
26
• Imax
A
26.4
38
52
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
0.95
0.95
0.95
• Base load current IL
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.26
0.28
0.31
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.038 (1.34)
0.038 (1.34)
0.038 (1.34)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<60
<60
<60
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
18
25
32
• Current based on IH
A
13.2
19
26
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
2.5 … 10
On housing with M5 screw
On housing with M5 screw
On housing with M5 screw
Input current 3)
4
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
• Height
mm (in)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
- Without Control Unit
mm (in)
185 (7.28)
185 (7.28)
185 (7.28)
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
FSC
FSC
FSC
7.5 (16.5)
7.5 (16.5)
7.5 (16.5)
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
4/64
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these
current values are specified on the rating plate.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Modules
6SL3 225-...
Without integrated line filter
0BE31-5UA0
0BE31-8UA0
0BE32-2UA0
With integrated line filter
0BE31-5AA0
0BE31-8AA0
0BE32-2AA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
38
45
60
• Base load current IL1)
A
38
45
60
• Base load current IH2)
A
32
38
45
• Imax
A
64
76
90
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.42
0.52
0.68
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.022 (0.78)
0.022 (0.78)
0.039 (1.38)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<60
<60
<61
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
36
42
56
• Based on IH
A
30
36
42
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
10 … 35
10 … 35
10 … 35
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
10 … 35
10 … 35
10 … 35
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
Input current 3)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
4
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
- Without integrated line
filter
mm (in)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
- With integrated line filter
mm (in)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
- Without Control Unit
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
260 (10.24)
260 (10.24)
260 (10.24)
FSD
FSD
FSD
• Without integrated line filter kg (lb)
13 (28.7)
13 (28.7)
13 (28.7)
• With integrated line filter
15 (33.1)
15 (33.1)
16 (35.3)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these
current values are specified on the rating plate.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM250 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values of
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/65
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Modules
6SL3 225-...
Without integrated line filter
0BE33-0UA0
0BE33-7UA0
0BE34-5UA0
0BE35-5UA0
0BE37-5UA0
With integrated line filter
0BE33-0AA0
0BE33-7AA0
0BE34-5AA0
0BE35-5AA0
0BE37-5AA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
75
90
110
145
178
• Base load current IL1)
A
75
90
110
145
178
• Base load current IH2)
A
60
75
90
110
145
• Imax
A
120
150
180
220
290
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
75 (100)
90 (125)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
75 (100)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.99
1.21
1.42
1.93
2.31
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.022 (0.78)
0.039 (1.38)
0.094 (3.32)
0.094 (3.32)
0.117 (4.13)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<60
<62
<60
<60
<65
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
70
84
102
135
166
• Based on IH
A
56
70
84
102
135
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
10 … 50
10 … 50
25 … 120
25 … 120
25 … 120
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
M8 screw stud
10 … 50
10 … 50
25 … 120
25 … 120
25 … 120
Input current 3)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section,
max.
4
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section,
max.
mm2
On housing with M6 On housing with M6 On housing with M8 On housing with M8 On housing with M8
screw
screw
screw
screw
screw
PE connection
Motor cable length 4), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
- Without integrated line
filter
mm (in)
499 (19.65)
499 (19.65)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
- With integrated line filter
mm (in)
635 (25.0)
635 (25.0)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
- Without Control Unit
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
260 (10.24)
260 (10.24)
372 (14.65)
372 (14.65)
372 (14.65)
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
• Without integrated line filter kg (lb)
14 (30.9)
14 (30.9)
35 (77.2)
35 (77.2)
35 (77.2)
• With integrated line filter
21 (46.3)
21 (46.3)
51 (112)
51 (112)
51 (112)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
1)
2)
kg (lb)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
4/66
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these
current values are specified on the rating plate.
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM250 Power
Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values of
EN 61800-3 Category C2.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM260 Power Modules
Line voltage 500 … 690 V 3 AC
PM260 Power Modules
6SL3 225-...
Without integrated line filter
0BH27-5UA1
0BH31-1UA1
0BH31-5UA1
With integrated line filter
0BH27-5AA1
0BH31-1AA1
0BH31-5AA1
Output current
at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
14
19
23
• Base load current IL1)
A
14
19
23
• Base load current IH2)
A
10
14
19
• Imax
A
20
28
38
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
11 (15)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
16
16
16
0.95
0.95
0.95
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
0.58
0.72
0.82
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.044 (1.55)
0.044 (1.55)
0.044 (1.55)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<64
<64
<64
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
13
18
22
• Based on IH
A
10
13
18
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
2.5 … 16
2.5 … 16
2.5 … 16
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
2.5 … 16
2.5 … 16
2.5 … 16
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
Input current 3)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
4
Motor cable length, max. 4)
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
• Height
mm (in)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
- Without Control Unit
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
260 (10.24)
260 (10.24)
260 (10.24)
FSD
FSD
FSD
• Without integrated line filter kg (lb)
22 (48.5)
22 (48.5))
22 (48.5))
kg (lb)
23 (50.7)
23 (50.7)
23 (50.7)
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• With integrated line filter
1)
2)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these
current values are specified on the rating plate.
Shielded motor cables must be used in order to maintain the limit
values for field-conducted disturbances according to EN 61800-3
Class C2.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/67
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 500 … 690 V 3 AC
PM260 Power Modules
6SL3 225-...
Without integrated line filter
0BH32-2UA1
0BH33-0UA1
0BH33-7UA1
With integrated line filter
0BH32-2AA1
0BH33-0AA1
0BH33-7AA1
Output current
at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated1)
A
35
42
62
• Base load current IL1)
A
35
42
62
• Base load current IH2)
A
26
35
42
• Imax
A
52
70
84
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
30 (40)
37 (50)
55 (75)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
22 (30)
30 (40)
37 (50)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
16
16
16
0.95
0.95
0.95
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss
at rated current
kW
1.13
1.29
1.73
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
(ft3/s)
0.131 (4.63)
0.131 (4.63)
0.131 (4.63)
Sound pressure level LpA
(1 m)
dB
<70
<70
<70
24 V DC power supply
for the Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
34
41
60
• Based on IH
A
26
34
41
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
10 … 50
10 … 50
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
10 … 50
10 … 50
10 … 50
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
Input current 3)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
4
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max. 4)
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
• Height
mm (in)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
- Without Control Unit
mm (in)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
- With Control Unit
mm (in)
372 (14.65)
372 (14.65)
372 (14.65)
FSF
FSF
FSF
• Without integrated line filter kg (lb)
56 (123)
56 (123)
56 (123)
kg (lb)
58 (128)
58 (128)
58 (128)
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• With integrated line filter
1)
2)
The rated output current Irated and the base load current IL are based
on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
4/68
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3)
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these
current values are specified on the rating plate.
Shielded motor cables must be used in order to maintain the limit
values for field-conducted disturbances according to EN 61800-3
Class C2.
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components
Line filters
■ Integration
Frame size FSA of the PM240 Power Module is available only
without integrated line filter class A. A base filter is therefore
available so that class A can be achieved. A base filter class B
is also available so that class B can be achieved.
Frame sizes FSB and FSC of the PM240 Power Module are available both with and without integrated line filter class A. For compliance with class B, PM240 Power Modules with integrated line
filter class A must be fitted additionally with a base filter class B.
An external line filter class A is available for frame size FSGX of
the PM240 Power Module.
Frame sizes FSC of the PM250 Power Module are available only
with integrated line filter class A. To achieve class B, PM250
Power Modules must be additionally fitted with a base filter
class B.
No additional line filters class B are available for the PM260
Power Module.
Line filters that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
PM240 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
✓
FSGX
without integrated braking
chopper
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Line-side power components
Line filter class A
U
F
F
F
F
F/S 1)
S 1)
Line filter class B
U
U
U
–
–
–
–
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
Available frame sizes
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
Line-side power components
Line filter class A
–
–
I
F
F
F
–
Line filter class B
–
–
U
–
–
–
–
PM260 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery and integrated sine-wave filter
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
✓
–
✓
–
Line-side power components
Line filter class A
–
–
–
F
–
F
–
Line filter class B
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4
U = Base component
S = Lateral mounting
I = Integrated
– = Not possible
F = Power Modules available with and without integrated filter class A
1)
PM240 FSF Power Modules from 110 kW and higher and FSGX, are
available only without an integrated filter class A. An optional line filter
class A for lateral mounting is available instead.
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/69
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components
Operator panels
■ Overview
4
Operator panel
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Description
Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation
and the application wizards, commissioning of the standard
drives is easy.
Integrated application wizards guide the user interactively
through the commissioning process for important applications
such as pumps, fans, compressors and conveyor systems.
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with
the menu-prompted dialog on a 2-line display.
Simultaneous display of the parameter and
parameter value, as well as parameter filtering,
means that basic commissioning of a drive can
be performed easily and, in most cases, without a
printed parameter list.
Possible applications
• Directly mounted on SINAMICS G120
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a door
mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is IP54/
UL Type 12)
• Available as handheld version
• 5 languages available
• Directly mounted on SINAMICS G120
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door
using a door mounting kit (achievable degree of
protection is IP55/UL Type 12)
Quick commissioning
without expert knowledge
• Standard commissioning using the clone function
• Standard commissioning using the clone
function
• User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of selfselected parameters
• Simple commissioning of standard applications using application-specific wizards, it is not necessary to know the
parameter structure
• Simple local commissioning using the handheld version
• Commissioning largely without documentation
High degree of operator friendli- • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply toggle • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can
ness and intuitive operation
between the automatic and manual modes
simply toggle between the automatic and
manual modes
• Intuitive navigation using a rotary knob – just like in everyday –
applications
• Graphic display to show status values such as pressure or
flow in bar-type diagrams
• 2-line display for showing up to 2 process values
with text
• Status display with freely selectable units to specify physical • Status display of predefined units
values
Minimization of maintenance
times
4/70
• Diagnostics using plain text display, can be used locally on- • Diagnostics with menu prompting with 7-segsite without documentation
ment display
• Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware via USB
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
■ Overview
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
IOP Handheld
The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP is a very user-friendly
and powerful operator panel for the SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G120P
standard drives and SIMATIC ET 200 frequency converters.
A handheld version of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use. In
addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable
batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. The
charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for Europe,
the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged, the operating time is up to 8 hours.
The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts.
Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation
and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard
drives.
A drive can be essentially commissioned without having to use
a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed in
plain text, and explanatory help texts and the parameter filtering
function are provided.
Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology,
pumps, fans and compressors. There are quick commissioning
wizards for general commissioning.
The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned
buttons and the navigation wheel. The IOP has a dedicated
switchover button to switch from automatic to manual mode.
The inverter can be diagnosed in a user-friendly fashion using
the plain text display of faults and alarms. Help texts can be obtained by pressing the INFO button.
To connect the IOP Handheld to SINAMICS G110D and
SINAMICS G120D, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required in addition.
The IOP Handheld cannot be used in conjunction with the
PM230 Power Module.
Updating the IOP
The IOP can be updated and expanded using the integrated
USB interface.
Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the
PC to the IOP via drag & drop. Further, the USB interface allows
user languages and wizards that become available in the future
to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated
for the IOP.
The IOP is supplied with power via the USB interface during an
update.
Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display. Process values can
also be displayed in technological units.
The IOP supports standard commissioning of identical drives.
For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter
into the IOP and downloaded into other drive units of the same
type as required.
The IOP includes the following language packages: English,
French, German, Italian and Spanish.
The IOP can be installed in control cabinet doors using the optionally available door mounting kit (not possible in conjunction
with the PM230 Power Module).
The operating temperature of the IOP is 0 ... 50 °C
(32 ... 122 °F).
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/71
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
■ Selection and ordering data
■ Benefits
Description
Order No.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
6SL3 255-0AA00-4JA0
IOP Handheld
For use with SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D,
SIMATIC ET 200S FC or
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC
Included in the scope of delivery:
• IOP
• Handheld housing
• Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA)
• Charging unit (international)
• RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft
long, can only be used for
SINAMICS G120 and
SIMATIC ET 200S FC)
• USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long)
6SL3 255-0AA00-4HA0
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Accessories
Door mounting kit
IP54 degree of protection for mounting
an operator panel in control cabinet
doors with sheet steel thicknesses of
1 … 3 mm (0.04 ...0.12 in)
IP54 degree of protection for IOP
IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Seal
• Mounting material
• Connecting cable (5 m/16.41 ft long)
4
6SL3 256-0AP00-0JA0
RS232 connecting cable
3RK1 922-2BP00
With optical interface to connect the
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC inverters to the
IOP Handheld (2.5 m/8.2 ft long)
4/72
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
7
7
7
7
Simple commissioning of standard applications using wizards, it is not necessary to know the parameter structure
Diagnostics using plain text display; can be used locally
on-site without documentation
Direct manual operation of the drive; you can toggle between
the automatic and manual modes
Status display with freely selectable units; display of real physical values
Intuitive navigation using a wheel – just like in everyday applications
Graphic display with bar charts e.g. for status values such as
pressure or flowrate
Quickly and simply mounted in the door – mechanically and
electrically
Simple local commissioning on-site using the handheld
version
Commissioning without documentation using the integrated
help function
Standard commissioning using the clone function (parameter
set data is saved for fast replacement)
User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of selfselected parameters (to generate your own commissioning
screens)
5 integrated languages
Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates
via USB
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Order No.
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
6SL3 255-0AA00-4CA1
Accessories
6SL3 256-0AP00-0JA0
Door mounting kit
For mounting an operator panel in control
cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses of 1 … 3 mm (0.04 ...0.12 in)
IP54 degree of protection for IOP
IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Seal
• Mounting material
• Connecting cable (5 m/16.41 ft long)
■ Benefits
7
7
7
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
7
The Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 can be used to commission
drives, monitor drives in operation and input individual parameter settings.
7
Shorten commissioning times – Easy commissioning of standard drives using basic commissioning wizards (setup)
Minimize standstill times – Fast detection and rectification of
errors (Diagnostics)
Greater transparency in the process – The status display of
the BOP-2 makes process variable monitoring easy (Monitoring)
Direct mounting on the inverter (also see IOP)
User-friendly user interface:
- Easy navigation using clear menu structure and clearly
assigned control keys
- Two-line display
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menuprompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the
parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering,
means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed
easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list.
4
The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned
navigation buttons. The BOP-2 has a dedicated switchover
button to switch from automatic to manual mode.
Diagnostics can easily be performed on the connected inverter
by following the menus.
Up to two process values can be numerically visualized simultaneously.
BOP-2 supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For
this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into
the BOP-2 and when required, downloaded into other drive units
of the same type.
The operating temperature of the BOP-2 is 0 ... 50 °C
(32 ... 122 °F).
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/73
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components
Memory cards
■ Overview
Supplementary system components
Brake Relay
■ Overview
The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an
electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor
brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit.
■ Selection and ordering data
4
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC)/SIMATIC memory card (SD card)
Description
Order No
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC) or SIMATIC memory card
(SD card). When service is required, e.g. after the converter has
been replaced and the data has been downloaded from the
memory card, the drive system is immediately ready for use
once more.
• Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the
inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card.
• Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored.
• The memory card supports standard commissioning without
the use of an operator panel such as the BOP-2 or the
STARTER commissioning tool.
Brake Relay
Including cable harness for connection
with the Power Module
6SL3 252-0BB00-0AA0
■ Technical specifications
Brake Relay
6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0
Switching capability of the NO contact, 440 V AC / 3.5 A
max.
30 V DC / 12 A
Conductor cross-section, max.
2.5 mm2
Degree of protection
IP20
Note:
Dimensions
The memory card is not required for operation and does not
have to remain inserted.
• Width
68 mm (2.68 in)
• Height
63 mm (2.48 in)
• Depth
33 mm (1.30 in)
Weight, approx.
0.17 kg (0.37 lb)
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Order No
SINAMICS micro memory card (MMC)
6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
SIMATIC memory card (SD card)
For SINAMICS G120C and the
SINAMICS G120 CU2 . 0 . -2
Control Units
6ES7 954-8LB01-0AA0
4/74
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components
Brake Relay
■ Integration
The Brake Relay has the following interfaces:
• A switch contact (NO contact) to control the motor brake solenoid
• A connection for the cable harness (CTRL) for connection to
the Power Module
The Brake Relay can be installed on the shield bonding plate
near the power terminals of the Power Module.
The supplied Brake Relay includes the cable harness for connection with the Power Module.
The 24 V DC solenoid of the motor brake is connected via an external power supply. For 24 V DC, external surge arrestors are
required (e.g. varistor, transil diode).
24 V DC
Brake control connection
(cable harness to the inverter)
CTRL
*)
Brake solenoid
Brake Relay
*) Varistor 35 V or
transil diode
G_D011_EN_00348
Connection example of 24 V DC Brake Relay
400 V 1 AC/ 230 V 1 AC
CTRL
Brake control connection
(cable harness to the inverter)
Rectifier module
e.g. in the motor terminal box
Brake solenoid
Brake Relay
G_D011_EN_00349
Connection example of 230 ... 400 V 1 AC Brake Relay
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/75
4
© Siemens AG 2012
SINAMICS S120
System components
Safe Brake Adapter SBA
■ Overview
■ Technical data
Safe Brake Adapter
6SL3355-2DX001AA0
6SL3355-2DX011AA0
24 V DC
(20.4 ... 28.8 V)
24 V DC
(20.4 ... 28.8 V)
Electronics power supply
• Supply voltage (via the
Control Interface Module)
Supply voltage of the motor 230 V AC
holding brake
24 V DC
Max. permissible current
consumption of the
• Motor holding brake
2A
5A
• Fast de-energization
2A
–
• to the Control Interface
Module
10 m
10 m
Max. permissible cable
lengths
• to the brake
300 m
30 m
For SINAMICS S120, S150, G130 and G150 units, the Safe
Brake Adapter SBA is required to safely control a motor holding
brake via the Safe Brake Control (SBC) safety function according to IEC 61800-5-2.
Max. conductor cross
section
2.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
• Width
75 mm
75 mm
The Safe Brake Adapter is available for 24 V DC and 230 V AC
brake control voltages.
• Height
111 mm
111 mm
• Depth
89 mm
89 mm
Weight, approx.
0.25 kg
0.25 kg
Safety integrated
Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL2) acc. to
IEC 61508, Performance Level d (PLd)
acc. to ISO 13849-1 and Control
Category 3 acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
(previously EN 954-1)
It can be ordered as supplementary component for SINAMICS
S120 Chassis Format Units as well as for SINAMICS G130 Chassis Units.
It is available as option (K88, K89) for SINAMICS S120 Cabinet
Modules and SINAMICS S150 or G150 Cabinet Units.
Dimensions
Note: The SBA approval is currently only valid for IEC regions
(still open for UL regions).
4
■ Integration
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Order No.
Safe Brake Adapter
• 230 V AC/2 A
• 24 V DC/5 A
6SL3 355-2DX00-1AA0
6SL3 355-2DX01-1AA0
Accessories
Pre-assembled interface cables to
connect the SBA to the electronics
module
4/76
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
6SL3 060-4DX04-0AA0
The SBC function is controlled and monitored by the SINAMICS
Drives firmware. The control and feedback signal regarding the
switching state of the SBA relay is realized via terminals of the
Control Interface Module (CIM). The excitation coil of the holding
brake is connected directly at the SBA.
For SINAMICS G130 chassis units and SINAMICS S120 units the
chassis format, the brake supply voltage must be connected externally at the SBA.
© Siemens AG 2012
CNC automation system SINUMERIK
Safety Integrated for SINUMERIK 828D
■ Overview
■ Function (continued)
Extended Safety Integrated functions
• Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
Monitors drives for standstill. The drives remain fully functional
for position control.
• Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
Safe stopping of the drive with subsequent monitoring for
standstill (SOS).
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Monitoring of configurable velocity limit values, e.g. during
setup.
• Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
Safe checkback signal when a value falls below a settable
speed limit, e.g. for enabling a protective door.
• Safe Acceleration Monitor (SAM)
Prompt detection of a new axis acceleration during braking
(SS1 and SS2).
The Safety Integrated basic functions are license-free. The Extended Safety Integrated functions require a software license in
the form of a CNC option per axis with Safety functions.
Drive Based Safety Integrated provides integrated safety functions that support the implementation of highly effective personnel and machine protection. The safety functions comply with
the requirements of Category 3 as well as Performance Level PL
d according to EN ISO 13849-1 and safety integrity level SIL 2
according to EN 61508. Consequently, important functional
safety requirements can be implemented easily and economically. The range of functions includes, for example:
• Functions for safe monitoring of standstill
• Functions for safe monitoring of speed
■ Benefits
High level of safety:
Full implementation of the safety functions in
Category 3/SIL 2/PL d
7 High level of flexibility:
Practical safety and operating concepts can be implemented
7 Faster commissioning using integrated safety functions
7
■ Function
The safety functions are available in all modes and can communicate with the process using safety-oriented input/output signals. These can be implemented individually for each axis and
spindle. The following Safety Integrated functions are available
(terms in accordance with IEC 61800-5-2):
Safety Integrated basic functions
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
Prevention of unexpected startup by internal cancellation of
the drive pulses.
• Safe Brake Control (SBC)
Safe brake control of holding brakes which are operative at
zero current, e.g. motor holding brakes.
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
Safe stopping of the drive with subsequent prevention of unexpected startup (STO).
The Safety Integrated basic functions are controlled via existing
terminals on the SINAMICS S120 Combi Power Modules or the
SINAMICS S120 Motor Modules in booksize compact format
and the SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M. A TM54F Terminal
Module is required to control the Extended Safety Integrated
functions.
For the formation of the safe control logic, fail-safe 3TK28 or
3RK3 safety relays are recommended. See catalog SI 10 or the
Siemens Industry Mall:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
■ Integration
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T
• SINUMERIK 828D BASIC M
• SINUMERIK 828D
• SINAMICS S120 Combi Power Module or SINAMICS S120
Motor Module in booksize compact format
• Motors with encoders which comply with the Safety Integrated
specification: 1PH8 or 1FK7 motors
• Encoder systems
For information on suitable encoder systems for SINUMERIK
Safety Integrated, please contact your local Siemens branch.
• Signal cables which comply with the SINAMICS S120 specification: MOTION-CONNECT
• Control of the Extended Safety Integrated functions:
TM54F Terminal Module
• CNC software license required per axis for the Extended
Safety functions see SINUMERIK 828D BASIC
• 3TK28 or 3RK3 safety relays
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Order No
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
6FC5 800-0AC50-0YB0
for SINUMERIK 828D
Safety Integrated Extended Functions for
one CNC axis
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
4/77
4
© Siemens AG 2012
CNC automation system SINUMERIK
4
4/78
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
5/2
Standard B10 values of electrical and
mechanical components
5/5
Training
5/7
Index
5/8
Order No. Index
5/12
Conditions of sale and delivery
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Standard B10 values of electrical and mechanical components
Safety characteristics
■ Overview
In the following standards, the so-called B10 values for calculating the safety integrity or safety integrity level (SIL) in functional
safety at a high or continuous demand rate are required also for
electromechanical switchgear:
• IEC 62061 "Safety of machines - Functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems",
• ISO 13849-1 "Safety of machines - Safety-related components
of controls - Part 1: General principles".
Failure rates of electromechanical components are required for
calculating the safety integrity or safety integrity level (SIL) in
functional safety:
- in the manufacturing industry at a high demand rate
- in the process industry at a low demand rate
Further requirements are laid down in IEC 61511-1 "Functional
safety - Safety instrumented systems for the process industry
sector - Part 1: Framework, definitions, system, hardware and
software requirements".
The TÜV-tested Safety Evaluation Tool assists in calculating the
safety function as verification for the machine documentation. It
is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/safety-evaluation-tool.
Definitions
λ (t) dt is the probability that a unit which has not failed by a certain time t will fail in the following interval (t; t +dt).
Failure rates have the dimension 1/time unit, e.g. 1/h.
Failure rates for components are often specified in FIT (failures
in time unit): 1 FIT equals 10-9/h.
From the failure rate it is possible to derive a (mathematical) distribution function of the failure probability:
F(t) = 1 - exp(-λt), with λ as constant failure rate
• The mean value of this exponential distribution is also referred
to as:
- Mean Time To Failure (MTTF) in the case of irreparable components; 63.2 % of components fail by the MTTF.
- Mean Operating Time Between Failures (MTBF) in the case
of reparable components.
• MTTF = 1/λ
(MTTF is a statistical mean value but no guarantee for
endurance)
Electromechanical components are often irreparable components. In general, the failure rate of monitored units changes with
age.
5
At www.siemens.com/safety-integrated you will also find functional examples with calculations according to the current
standards.
The B10 value for devices subject to wear is expressed in number of operating cycles:
• it is the number of operating cycles after which 10 % of the test
specimens fail in the course of an endurance test (or: the number of operating cycles after which 10 % of the devices have
failed).
For low demand rates (mainly in the process industry), the failure
rate and not the B10 value is used to determine the failure
probability.
5/2
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Standard B10 values of electrical and mechanical components
Safety characteristics
■ Overview (continued)
Standard B10 values at a high demand rate
With the help of the B10 value and a simplified formula (see section 6.7.8.2.1 of EN 62061), the user can then calculate the total
failure rate of an electromechanical component:
Standard B10 values at a high demand rate
SIRIUS product group
Contact
load, utilization category
(electromechanical components)
λ = (0.1 x C) / B10
with C = operating cycles per hour. C is specified by the user.
The failure rate is made up of safe (λS) and dangerous (λD)
failures:
λ = λS+ λD
or
λD = [share of dangerous failures in %] x λ
λS = [share of safe failures in %] x λ
The failure rate of the dangerous failures λD of the components
used is needed for further calculations.
Listed in the following table are the standard B10 values and the
share of dangerous failures for SIRIUS product groups at a high
demand rate. The standard B10 values listed in the current SN
31920 shall apply. In cases where no load is specified there, the
B10 values refer to a maximum load of 2/3 of the rated value,
such as required in safety standards.
Standard
B10 value
(operating
cycles)
Share
of hazardous
failures
Control devices, detecting devices
(only devices with positive-opening contacts permissible)
EMERGENCY-OFF/EMERGENCY-STOP
control devices
20 %
1)
1)
100 000
30 000
Cable-operated switches for
EMERGENCY-OFF/EMERGENCY-STOP
function
1)
1 000 000
20 %
Hinge switches
1)
1 000 000
20 %
Pushbuttons (non-latching)
2)
10 000 000
20 % 4)
2)
1)
1)
10 000 000
1 000 000
1 000 000
20 % 4)
20 % 4)
20 % 4)
- Rotate-to-unlatch (also with lock)
- Pull-to-unlatch
Position switches
- Standard position switches
- With separate actuator
- With tumbler, interlocking with spring
force
Controls − contactors and contactor assemblies (only devices with positiveopening contacts or mirror contacts permissible)
SIRIUS contactor relays and auxiliary
switches
- Basic units, auxiliary coupling relays,
4-pole
- Basic units with mounted auxiliary
switches
- Solid-state compatible auxiliary
switches, latched contactor relays
50 %
3)
30 000 000
3)
10 000 000
3)
5 000 000
AC-15/-14;
230 V
DC-13; 24 V
(<0.3 x Ie) 1 000 000
AC-15/-14;
230 V
(<0.66 x Ie) 200 000
DC-13; 24 V
(<0.66 x Ie) 300 000
73 %
73 %
73 %
Contactors/motor starters
3)
AC-3
10 000 000
1 000 000
50 %
73 %
3RA1, 2 fuseless load feeders
AC-3
1 000 000
73 %
3RA6 compact starters
AC-3
- For switching motors (incl. TF68,
3TF69, 3TF2, 3TB)
Load feeders
50 %
5
3RA61/62/64 compact starters
3 000 000
2 000 000
- 12 A
- 32 A
3RA65 compact starter
1500 000
1 500 000
- 12 A
- 32 A
1)
2)
3)
4)
Limited primarily by mechanical wear
Limited primarily by contact wear
Maximum achievable B10 values at current load up to a maximum of
approx. 1% of the rated value
Share of dangerous failures: 50% when using the NO contact (you
have to additionally always use a positive-opening contact in a redundant architecture. Using the NO contact on its own is not permitted).
The B10d value used in EN ISO 13849-1:2008 is determined as
follows:
B10d =
B10
Share of dangerous failures
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5/3
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Standard B10 values of electrical and mechanical components
Safety characteristics
■ Overview (continued)
Calculation example
A protective door is monitored by a position switch with a
separate actuator.
The protective door is opened 4 times an hour.
Listed in the following table are the standard failure rates and the
share of dangerous failures for SIRIUS product groups at a low
demand rate.
Standard failure rates at a low demand rate
The overall failure rate of the position switch is:
λ = (0.1 · C) / B10 [failures/h]
λ = 0.1 · 4/1 000 000 = 4 · 10-7 [failures/h]
The dangerous failure rate is calculated with:
SIRIUS product group
(electromechanical components)
Standard
failure rates
(in FIT)1)
Share of
dangerous
failures2)
EMERGENCY-STOP control devices
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
Cable-operated switches for
EMERGENCY-STOP function
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
On the basis of the failure rates it is possible to calculate the average probability of failure on demand (PFDavg) of a PLT protective device.
Standard position switches
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
Position switches with separate actuator
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
A so-called low demand rate is assumed, meaning the rate of
demand on the safety-related system amounts to no more than
once a year and is not greater than double the frequency of the
repeat test.
Position switches with solenoid interlock
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
Hinge switches
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
A repeat test once a year is recommended for electromechanical components in order to reveal passive faults.
Pushbuttons (non-latching)
(with positive-opening contacts)
100
20 %
Contactors / motor starters (with
positively driven contacts in the case of
3RH/3TH and mirror contacts in the case of
3RT/3TF)
100
< 40 %
λD = 20 % of λ = 0.2 · 4 · 10-7 [failures/h]
λD = 8 · 10-8 [failures/h]
Standard failure rates (at a low demand rate)
For special applications it is possible, in agreement with the inspecting institution (e.g. a technical inspectorate, government
agency or the like) to extend the test intervals by using suitable
solutions (e.g. a multi-channel version etc.).
Under the above conditions and in compliance with the requirements laid down in IEC 61511 it is possible to achieve SIL 2 with
a single-channel design and SIL 3 with a two-channel design.
5
5/4
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
1)
2)
The failure rates specified in the table were limited to 100 FIT.
Valid only under the previously mentioned conditions.
Siemens standard SN 31920 contains more detailed explanations.
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Training
Training
■ Faster and more applicable know-how:
Hands-on training from the manufacturer
SITRAIN® – the Siemens Training for Industry – provides you
with comprehensive support in solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation and plant engineering enables you to make independent decisions with confidence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in
existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from
the beginning.
■ SITRAIN highlights
Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers have close contact with product development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on stateof-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you
need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as interaction of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You
wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup
times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with SITRAIN
• Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
• Optimized production operations
• Reliable configuration and startup
• Minimization of plant downtimes
• Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
• Compliance with quality standards in production
• Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
• Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
"Blended learning" means a combination of various training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in
a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teachyourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.
■ Contact
5
Visit our site on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 (911) 895-7575
Fax:
+49 (911) 895-7576
E-Mail: [email protected]
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5/5
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Training
SITRAIN training courses
Title
Maintenance personnel
Operators, users
Service personnel
Commissioning engineers, configuration
Programmers
Project managers, project team members
Decision makers, sales personnel
■ SITRAIN course offer for "Safety Integrated"
Target group
Duration
Short title
European safety standards for functional safety in practice
3 3 3 3
1 day
ST-NSSTPRX
Current European directives and CE standards in machinery
and plant environments
3 3 3 3
1 day
ST-CEKEN
1 day
ST-RAM
3 days
ST-PCS7SAF
2 days
ST-NRM
1 day
ST-NRMPRX
2 days
DR-SNS-SAF
3 3
3 3
3 days
ST-PPDS
3 days
ST-7H400H
3 3
3 days
ST-PPFS
3 days
NC-84DSIS
5 days
NC-84DSIW
3 days
NC-84SLSIS
5 days
NC-84SLSIW
Factory automation
Risk Assessment Management –
methods for the norm conforming risk evaluation
3
3
3
Process automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Safety
IEC 61511 Functional safety in the process industry
IEC 61511 Practical use
3 3 3 3
3 3
3
3 3
3
Drives (AC-Converter)
SINAMICS S120 Safety Integrated
3 3 3
3
Industry automation systems SIMATIC (SIMATIC S7 H/F-Safety Integrated
Programming of safety related SIMATIC S7 controller
via Distributed Safety
Projecting of the fault tolerance SIMATIC S7-400H controller
Projecting of fault tolerance/failsafe SIMATIC S7-400H controller with the software F-Systems
CNC automation system SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK 840D, Safety Integrated Maintenance Course
5
SINUMERIK 840D, Safety Integrated Configuring and Start-Up
SINUMERIK 840D sl, Safety Integrated Maintenance Course
SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated Configuring and Startup
For more detailed information on these and other courses on
"Safety Integrated" please go to
www.siemens.com/sitrain-safetyintegrated
5/6
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
3
3 3
3
3 3
3
3
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Index
3
G
S
3SE6 6, 3SE6 7 non-contact
magnetically operated switches .................... 2/6
3SE63 non-contact
RFID safety switches ..................................... 2/2
General data ................................................3/12
8
I
8WD42 signaling columns,
50 mm diameter ........................................... 2/10
8WD44 signaling columns,
70 mm diameter ........................................... 2/11
Index ..............................................................5/7
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP .....................4/71
Interface modules ........................................3/17
Introduction .........................4/5, 4/14, 4/16, 4/34
P
Safe Brake Adapter SBA ............................. 4/76
Safety characteristics .................................... 5/2
Safety Integrated .................................... 1/4, 4/5
SIMATIC ET 200iSP
fail-safe distributed I/O .................................. 3/3
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F ................... 2/13
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN .......... 2/17
SINAMICS drives with integrated
safety functions ............................................ 4/14
SINAMICS G120
standard inverters ...................... 4/35, 4/36, 4/37
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) ......... 4/34
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ......... 4/17
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) ........ 4/16
SITRAIN training courses ............................... 5/6
SITRANS L level instruments continous fill level measurement .................. 2/20
SITRANS LR560 ........................................... 2/20
Spare parts .................................................. 4/33
Standard B10 values of electrical and
mechanical components ............................... 5/2
STEP 7 Safety Advanced V11 ........................ 3/2
Supplementary system components
• Memory cards ................................ 4/32, 4/74
• Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 ................... 4/73
• Brake Relay ............................................. 4/74
• Intelligent Operator Panel IOP ................. 4/71
• Operator panels ............................. 4/31, 4/70
PC inverter connection kit 2 ......................... 4/32
System components .................................... 4/76
Power Modules ...........................4/50, 4/51, 4/52
T
R
Training .......................................................... 5/5
A
Accessories ................................................. 3/18
Actuators and Indicators, Metal,
Round, 22 mm ............................................... 2/9
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic,
Round, 22 mm ............................................... 2/8
B
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 ....................... 4/73
Brake Relay .................................................. 4/74
C
Central modules ........................................... 3/17
Complete units ............................................... 2/8
Conditions of sale and delivery ................... 5/12
Configuring .................................................... 3/2
Control Units ................................................ 4/46
E
ET 200S Safety motor starters ....................... 4/2
Expansion modules ..................................... 3/17
F
F Analog input module ................................... 3/9
F Digital input module .................................... 3/3
F Digital output module .................................. 3/6
Functional Safety of Machines
and Systems .................................................. 1/2
H
High-Feature motor starters ...........................4/2
K
Key Panels ...................................................2/13
L
Line-side components ..................................4/69
Line filters .....................................................4/69
M
Magnet ...........................................................2/6
Memory cards .....................................4/32, 4/74
Mobile Panels ...............................................2/17
N
Notes ..............................................................5/9
O
Operating and monitoring modules .............3/17
Operator panels ..................................4/31, 4/70
Order No. Index ..............................................5/8
RFID ...............................................................2/2
5
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5/7
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Order No. Index
3RK1
3UF
3RK1 301- ...................................................... 4/4
3RK1 903- ...................................................... 4/4
3RK1 922- .................................................... 4/72
3UF7 9203UF7 9303UF7 9313UF7 9323UF7 9333UF7 9373UF7 9403UF7 9463UF7 950-
3RK3
3RK3 1113RK3 1313RK3 2113RK3 2213RK3 2313RK3 2423RK3 2513RK3 3113RK3 3213RK3 5113RK3 6113RK3 931-
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/17
.................................................... 3/18
3RP
3RP19 03 ..................................................... 3/18
3SB
3SB3 2013SB3 2033SB3 2663SB3 6013SB3 6033SB3 6113SB3 666-
...................................................... 2/8
...................................................... 2/8
...................................................... 2/8
...................................................... 2/9
...................................................... 2/9
...................................................... 2/9
...................................................... 2/9
3SE
3SE6 3103SE6 3153SE6 6043SE6 6053SE6 7043SE6 806-
...................................................... 2/5
...................................................... 2/5
...................................................... 2/7
...................................................... 2/7
...................................................... 2/7
...................................................... 2/7
3SX
3SX3 260 ........................................................ 2/7
3SX3 261 ........................................................ 2/7
3SX5 600- ...................................................... 2/5
3SX5 601- ...................................................... 2/5
5
5/8
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
6SL
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
.....................................................3/18
3ZS
3ZS1 314- .....................................................3/19
3ZX
3ZX1 012- .....................................................3/18
6AV
6AV3 6886AV6 5746AV6 6456AV6 6516AV6 6716AV6 691-
.................................................... 4/76
.................................................... 4/40
.................................................... 4/33
.................................................... 4/23
........................................... 4/39, 4/54
.................................. 4/39, 4/53, 4/54
........................................... 4/38, 4/46
........................................... 4/40, 4/74
.................................. 4/32, 4/40, 4/74
......................... 4/32, 4/40, 4/72, 4/73
.................................. 4/40, 4/72, 4/73
.................................................... 4/40
.................................................... 4/40
.................................................... 4/33
.................................................... 4/76
6XV
.....................................................2/15
............................................2/17, 2/19
............................................2/17, 2/19
.....................................................2/17
............................................2/17, 2/19
.....................................................2/19
6ES
6ES7 138- .......................................3/4, 3/7, 3/11
6ES7 152-....................................... 3/4, 3/7, 3/11
6ES7 193- ................................................3/4, 3/7
6ES7 833- ..................3/2, 3/4, 3/5, 3/7, 3/8, 3/11
6ES7 954- ...................................4/32, 4/40, 4/74
6ES7 972- .......................................3/4, 3/7, 3/11
6FC
6FC5 800- .....................................................4/77
6GK
6GK5 7846GK5 7866GK5 7886GK5 791-
6SL3 0606SL3 0726SL3 2006SL3 2106SL3 2246SL3 2256SL3 2446SL3 2526SL3 2546SL3 2556SL3 2566SL3 2626SL3 2646SL3 2666SL3 355-
....................................................2/18
....................................................2/18
....................................................2/18
....................................................2/18
6XV1 440- .................................................... 2/19
7ML
7ML1 930-....................................................
7ML1 998-....................................................
7ML5 440-....................................................
7ML5 750-....................................................
2/21
2/21
2/21
2/21
8WA
8WA8 848- ..................................... 3/4, 3/7, 3/11
8WA8 861- ..................................... 3/4, 3/7, 3/11
8WD
8WD4 200- ...................................................
8WD4 208- ...................................................
8WD4 220- ...................................................
8WD4 228- ...................................................
8WD4 240- ...................................................
8WD4 250- ...................................................
8WD4 408- ...................................................
8WD4 420- ...................................................
8WD4 428- ...................................................
8WD4 440- ...................................................
8WD4 450- ...................................................
2/10
2/10
2/10
2/10
2/10
2/10
2/12
2/11
2/12
2/11
2/11
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Notes
■
5
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5/9
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Notes
■
5
5/10
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Notes
■
5
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
5/11
© Siemens AG 2012
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ 1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note! The scope, the quality and the
conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany the following applies subordinate to T&C
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and
• for software products the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany"1) and
• for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany
the following applies subordinate to T&C
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and
• for software products the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
• for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany"1).
■ 2. Prices
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
5
■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
apply to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice.
■ 4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or
international foreign trade or customs requirements or any embargoes or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to license.
We shall indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are required under German, European and US export lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.
Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US reexport authorization.
The export label is made available with the information of the respective goods on Industry Mall, our online-catalog-system, additionally. The deciding factors are the export label "AL" or
"ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required due to the final whereabouts and purpose
for which the goods are to be used.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the
mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third
party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national
and international (re-) export control regulations.
If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminium, lead and/or gold, if the respective basic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges will be determined based on the official price and the
metal factor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release order.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products. An exact explanation of
the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
1) The text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and
Delivery can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
5/12
Siemens SI 10 N · 2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices
listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and
Low Voltage Distribution
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives
Catalog
CA 01
D 11
D 12
Catalog
D 31
NC 60
NC 61
NC 82
PM 21
CR 1
D 21.3
D 23.1
D 31
Three-phase Induction Motors
• H-compact
• H-compact PLUS
D 84.1
Asynchronous Motors Standardline
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter
Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Production Machines
SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE and
Motors for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Machine Tools
D 86.1
D 86.2
DA 12
DA 21.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
DA 65.10
DA 65.11
DA 65.3
DA 65.4
PM 21
NC 60
NC 61
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors
D 81.1
D 87.1
Mechanical Driving Machines
FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit
MD 10.1
MD 30.1
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology
SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and
Monitoring Devices
SIVACON · ALPHA Switchboards and Distribution
Systems
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
GAMMA Building Control
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
Motion Control
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M,
SINAMICS S120 Combi and 1FK7/1PH8 motors
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Production Machines
Drive and Control Components for Cranes
Power Supply and System Cabling
Power supply SITOP
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation
SIREC Recorders and Accessories
SIPART, Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
PDF: Process Analytical Instruments
PDF: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
FI 01
MP 20
MP 31
WT 10
PA 01
PA 11
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication
ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7.1
ST PCS 7.2
IK PI
SINVERT Photovoltaics
Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
LV 10.2
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
(selected content from catalog IC 10)
LV 70
ET G1
ET D1
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
LV 10.1
KT 10.1
KT 10.2
IC 10
IC 90
Download-Center
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/infocenter
© Siemens AG 2012
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Industry Automation and
Drive Technologies
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice
Oder No. E86060-K7010-A121-A1-7600
MP.R1.CE.MKKG.87.2.03 / Dispo 27610
KG 0212 5. S 144 En
Printed in Germany
© Siemens AG 2012
www.siemens.de/safety-integrated
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or
characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
further development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in
the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
subject to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owners.